1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

17 CFR Parts 210, 270, 274 

Release Nos. 33-10234; IC-32316; File No. S7-16-15 

RIN 3235-AL61

Investment Company Swing Pricing

AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission. 

ACTION: Final rule.

SUMMARY: The Securities and Exchange Commission is adopting amendments to rule 22c-1 

under the Investment Company Act to permit a registered open-end management investment 

company (“open-end fund” or “fund”) (except a money market fund or exchange-traded fund),

under certain circumstances, to use “swing pricing,” the process of adjusting the fund’s net asset

value (“NAV”) per share to effectively pass on the costs stemming from shareholder purchase or 

redemption activity to the shareholders associated with that activity, and amendments to rule

31a-2 to require funds to preserve certain records related to swing pricing. The Commission is 

also adopting amendments to Form N-1A and Regulation S-X and a new item in Form N-CEN, 

all of which address a fund’s use of swing pricing. 

DATES: Effective Dates: November 19, 2018

 Compliance Dates: See section II.C.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Zeena Abdul-Rahman, John Foley, Andrea 

Ottomanelli Magovern, Naseem Nixon, Amanda Hollander Wagner, Senior Counsels; Thoreau 

Bartmann, Melissa Gainor, Senior Special Counsels; or Kathleen Joaquin, Senior Financial 

Analyst, Investment Company Rulemaking Office, at (202) 551-6792; Ryan Moore, Assistant 

Chief Accountant, or Matt Giordano, Chief Accountant, Office of the Chief Accountant, at (202) 
2

551-6918, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F 

Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549-8549.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Securities and Exchange Commission (the 

“Commission”) is adopting amendments to rules 22c-1 [17 CFR 270.22c-1] and 31a-2 [17 CFR 

270.31a-2] under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.] (“Investment 

Company Act” or “Act”); amendments to Form N-1A [referenced in 17 CFR 274.11A] under the 

Investment Company Act and the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) [15 U.S.C. 77a et 

seq.]; amendments to Article 6 [17 CFR 210.6-01 et seq.] of Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210]; and 

adopting a new item in Form N-CEN [referenced in 17 CFR 274.101] under the Investment 

Company Act.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS:

I. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 3

II. DISCUSSION........................................................................................................................ 6

A. SWING PRICING...................................................................................................................... 6

B. DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS REGARDING SWING PRICING .................... 111

C. EFFECTIVE AND COMPLIANCE DATES ................................................................................ 116

III. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ................................................................................................ 118

A. INTRODUCTION AND PRIMARY GOALS OF REGULATION .................................................... 118

B. ECONOMIC BASELINE ........................................................................................................ 121

C. BENEFITS AND COSTS, AND EFFECTS ON EFFICIENCY, COMPETITION, AND CAPITAL 

FORMATION ....................................................................................................................... 126

 1 Unless otherwise noted, all references to statutory sections are to the Investment Company Act, and all 

references to rules under the Investment Company Act are to Title 17, Part 270 of the Code of Federal 

Regulations [17 CFR 270]. 
3

D. REASONABLE ALTERNATIVES............................................................................................ 155

IV. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT ANALYSIS.......................................................... 162

A. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 162

B. RULE 22C-1 ....................................................................................................................... 163

C. RULE 31A-2 ....................................................................................................................... 171

D. FORM N-CEN.................................................................................................................... 174

E. FORM N-1A ....................................................................................................................... 176

V. FINAL REGULATORY FLEXIBILITY ACT ANALYSIS ........................................ 182

A. NEED FOR THE RULE.......................................................................................................... 182

B. SIGNIFICANT ISSUES RAISED BY PUBLIC COMMENT .......................................................... 183

C. SMALL ENTITIES SUBJECT TO THE RULE............................................................................ 183

D. PROJECTED REPORTING, RECORDKEEPING, AND OTHER COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS .... 184

E. AGENCY ACTION TO MINIMIZE EFFECT ON SMALL ENTITIES ............................................ 187

VI. STATUTORY AUTHORITY AND TEXT OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS......... 188

TEXT OF RULES AND FORMS............................................................................................ 189

I. INTRODUCTION

Avoiding shareholder dilution is a key concern of the Investment Company Act.2 In 

particular, section 22(c) gives the Commission broad powers to regulate the pricing of 

redeemable securities for the purpose of eliminating or reducing so far as reasonably practicable 

 2 See Investment Trusts and Investment Companies Investment Trusts and Investment Companies: Hearings 

on S. 3580 before a Subcomm. of the Senate Comm. on Banking and Currency, 76th Cong., 3d Sess. 

(1940), at 37, 137-145 (stating that, among the abuses that served as a backdrop for the Act, were 

“practices which resulted in substantial dilution of investors’ interests”, including backward pricing by fund 

insiders to increase investment in the fund and thus enhance management fees, but causing dilution of 

existing investors in the fund).
4

any dilution of the value of outstanding fund shares.

3

 Under rule 22c-1 under the Investment 

Company Act, fund shareholders purchase and redeem fund shares at a price based on the current 

NAV next computed after the receipt of an order to purchase or redeem (the “forward price”).4 

Forward pricing addresses, in part, the risk of shareholder dilution posed by the “backward 

pricing” method used by funds prior to the adoption of the forward pricing rule.5

 However, 

under rule 22c-1, the NAV price that a purchasing or redeeming shareholder receives when 

transacting shares typically does not take into account the transaction costs (including trading 

costs and changes in market prices) that may arise when the fund buys portfolio investments to 

 3 Section 22(a) of the Act authorizes securities associations registered under section 15A of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) to prescribe rules related to the method of computing purchase 

and redemption prices of redeemable securities and the minimum time period that must elapse after the sale 

or issue of such securities before any resale or redemption may occur, for the purpose of “eliminating or 

reducing so far as reasonably practicable any dilution of the value of other outstanding securities of such 

company or any other result of such purchase, redemption, or sale which is unfair to holders of such other 

outstanding securities.”

Section 22(c) of the Act authorizes the Commission to make rules and regulations applicable to registered 

investment companies and to principal underwriters of, and dealers in, the redeemable securities of any 

registered investment company, whether or not members of any securities association, to the same extent, 

covering the same subject matter, and for the accomplishment of the same ends as are prescribed in section 

22(a) in respect of the rules which may be made by a registered securities association governing its 

members.

4 See rule 22c-1(a). Prior to adoption of rule 22c-1, investor orders to purchase and redeem could be 

executed at a price computed before receipt of the order, allowing investors to lock-in a low price in a 

rising market and a higher price in a falling market. The forward pricing provision of rule 22c-1 was 

designed to eliminate these trading practices and the dilution to fund shareholders that occurred as a result 

of backward pricing. See Pricing of Redeemable Securities for Distribution, Redemption, and Repurchase, 

Investment Company Act Release No. 14244 (Nov. 21, 1984) [49 FR 46558 (Nov. 27, 1984)], at text 

following n.2.

5 See Pricing of Redeemable Securities for Distribution, Redemption and Repurchase and Time-Stamping of 

Orders by Dealers, Investment Company Act Release No. 5519 (Oct. 16, 1968) [33 FR 16331 (Nov. 7, 

1968)] (“Rule 22c-1 Adopting Release”), at 2 (“One purpose of [rule 22c-1] is to eliminate or reduce so far 

as reasonably practicable any dilution of the value of outstanding redeemable securities of registered 

investment companies through (i) the sale of such securities at a price below their net asset value or (ii) the

redemption or repurchase of such securities at a price above their net asset value. Dilution through the sale 

of redeemable securities at a price below their net asset value may occur, for example, through the practice 

of selling securities for a certain period of time at a price based upon a previously established net asset 

value. This practice permits a potential investor to take advantage of an upswing in the market and an 

accompanying increase in the net asset value of investment company shares by purchasing such shares at a 

price which does not reflect the increase.”).
5

invest proceeds from purchasing shareholders or sells portfolio investments to meet shareholder 

redemptions.6

We sought to address the risk of shareholder dilution that can result from such transaction 

costs, along with the risk that a fund would be unable to meet its obligations to redeeming 

shareholders or other obligations under applicable law (while mitigating investor dilution) as a 

result of liquidity risk, with the proposal on fund liquidity risk management that we published in 

2015.7 In order to provide funds with a tool to mitigate potential dilution and to manage fund 

liquidity, the proposal included amendments to rule 22c-1 under the Act to permit funds (except 

money market funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”)) to use “swing pricing,” a process of 

adjusting the fund’s NAV to effectively pass on more of the costs stemming from shareholder 

transaction flows into and out of the fund to shareholders associated with that activity.

We received more than 70 comment letters on the proposal,8 many of which addressed 

the swing pricing amendments.

9 Today, we are adopting new rule 22c-1(a)(3) permitting funds 

 6 See Open-End Fund Liquidity Risk Management Programs; Swing Pricing; Re-Opening of Comment 

Period for Investment Company Reporting Modernization Release, Investment Company Act Release No. 

31835 (Sept. 22, 2015) [80 FR 62273 (Oct. 15, 2015)] (“Proposing Release”), at section III.F, 184-187. 

However, going forward, in a fund that swing prices, the NAV of the fund would reflect such costs, which 

would be borne by redeeming and purchasing shareholders.

7 See id. 

8 The comment letters on the Proposing Release (File No. S7-16-15) are available at

http://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-16-15/s71615.shtml. We are adopting requirements for funds to adopt 

liquidity risk management programs today in a companion release. See Investment Company Liquidity 

Risk Management Programs, Investment Company Act Release No. 32315 (Oct. 13, 2106) (“Liquidity Risk 

Management Programs Adopting Release”).

9 See, e.g., Comment Letter of the Mutual Fund Directors Forum (Jan. 13, 2016) (“MFDF Comment Letter”) 

(recommending that the Commission consider issuing a separate proposal for swing pricing due to the 

difficult operational issues of swing pricing); Comment Letter of Investment Company Institute (Jan. 13, 

2016) (“ICI Comment Letter I”) (arguing that, for funds to adopt swing pricing, there must be widespread 

changes in market practices and significant reengineering of fund operations). But see Comment Letter of 

Eaton Vance Corp. (June 13, 2016) (“Eaton Vance Comment Letter”) (expressing that there are investor 

protection concerns associated with the implementation of swing pricing, but acknowledging the significant 

costs to existing shareholders as a result of purchase and redemption activity).
6

(other than money market funds and ETFs) to engage in swing pricing substantially as proposed, 

with certain modifications to respond to commenters’ suggestions and concerns.

10 We believe 

swing pricing could be an effective tool to assist U.S. registered funds in mitigating potential 

shareholder dilution. We also believe that swing pricing may be an additional tool to manage a 

fund’s liquidity risk. 

We are also adopting amendments to rule 31a-2 to require funds to maintain records 

evidencing and supporting each computation of an adjustment to the fund’s NAV based on the 

fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures. Finally, we are adopting amendments to Form N1A and Regulation S-X and adopting a new item in Form N-CEN to require a fund to publicly 

disclose certain information regarding its use of swing pricing.11 We anticipate that this 

information will facilitate the Commission’s ability to monitor and assess compliance with rule 

22c-1 as amended and may assist investors in making more informed investment choices.

II. DISCUSSION

A. Swing Pricing

1. Background

Under rule 22c-1, all investors who submit requests to redeem from an open-end fund on 

any particular day must receive the NAV next calculated by the fund after receipt of such 

redemption request.12 As most funds, with the exception of money market funds, calculate their 

 10 If any provision of these rules, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held to be 

invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or application of such provisions to other persons or 

circumstances that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application.

11 We are adopting Form N-CEN today in a companion release. See Investment Company Reporting 

Modernization, Investment Company Act Release No. 32314 (Oct. 13, 2016) (“Investment Company 

Reporting Modernization Adopting Release”).

12 The process of calculating or “striking” the NAV of the fund’s shares on any given trading day is based on 

several factors, including the market value of portfolio securities, fund liabilities, and the number of 

outstanding fund shares, among others. 
7

NAV only once a day, this means that redemption requests submitted during the day receive the 

end of day NAV, typically calculated as of 4 p.m. Eastern time.13 When calculating a fund’s 

NAV, however, rule 2a-4 requires funds to reflect changes in holdings of portfolio securities and 

changes in the number of outstanding shares resulting from distributions, redemptions, and 

repurchases no later than the first business day following the trade date.14 We allow this 

calculation method to provide funds with additional time and flexibility to incorporate lastminute portfolio transactions into their NAV calculations on the business day following the trade 

date, rather than on the trade date.15 As a practical matter, this calculation method also gave

broker-dealers, retirement plan administrators, and other intermediaries additional time to 

transmit transactions submitted before the cut-off time on the trade date, which then may be 

reflected in computation of the fund’s NAV on the business day following the trade date.16 

Nevertheless, we recognize that trading activity and other changes in portfolio holdings 

associated with meeting redemptions may occur over multiple business days following the 

redemption request. If these activities occur (and their associated costs are reflected in NAV) in 

days following redemption requests, the costs of providing liquidity to redeeming investors could 

be borne by the remaining investors in the fund, thus potentially diluting the interests of 

non-redeeming shareholders.17 The less liquid the fund’s portfolio holdings, the greater these 

 13 Commission rules do not require that a fund calculate its NAV at a specific time of day. Current NAV 

must be computed at least once daily, subject to limited exceptions, Monday through Friday, at the specific 

time or times set by the board of directors. See rule 22c-1(b)(1).

14 Rule 2a-4(a)(2)-(3). 

15 See Adoption of Rule 2a-4 Defining the Term “Current Net Asset Value” in Reference to Redeemable 

Securities Issued by a Registered Investment Company, Investment Company Act Release No. 4105 

(Dec. 22, 1964) [29 FR 19100 (Dec. 30, 1964)].

16 See infra footnote 195. These redemptions are effected at the trade date’s NAV. 

17 The transaction costs associated with redemptions can vary significantly, with some costs having a more 

immediate impact on shareholders than others. For example, during times of heightened market volatility 
8

liquidity costs can become.18 The significant growth in the assets managed by funds with 

strategies that focus on holding relatively less liquid investments (such as fixed income funds, 

including emerging market debt funds, open-end funds with alternative strategies, and emerging 

market equity funds), which could incur significant trading costs, could give rise to increased 

dilution effects from redeeming and subscribing shareholders in those funds.19 

As we discuss more broadly in the Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting 

Release, these factors in fund redemptions can create incentives, at least in theory, in times of 

liquidity stress in the markets for shareholders to redeem quickly to avoid further losses (or a

“first-mover advantage”).20 If shareholder redemptions are motivated by this first-mover 

 and wider bid-ask spreads for the fund’s underlying holdings, selling the fund’s investments to meet 

redemptions will necessarily result in costs to the fund, which in turn may negatively impact investors who 

chose to redeem in the days immediately following the stress event. The impact of such costs on the 

remaining fund investors can vary depending on when a shareholder choses to redeem. See, e.g., Comment 

Letter of Mutual Fund Directors Forum on the Notice Seeking Comment on Asset Management Products 

and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 2015), at 6. 

18 See, e.g. Comment Letter of Morningstar, Inc. (Jan. 13, 2016) (“Morningstar Comment Letter”). See also

Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.45 and accompanying text. We discuss the extent to which swing 

pricing could effectively pass on to redeeming shareholders more of the costs stemming from their trading 

activity, as opposed to being borne by non-redeeming shareholders, in infra section II.A.2. Furthermore, 

because shareholders’ purchase activity would provide liquidity to a fund, which could reduce the fund’s 

costs in meeting shareholders’ redemption requests that day, investors who purchase shares on a day that 

the fund adjusts its NAV downward would not create dilution for non-redeeming shareholders. See infra at 

text following footnote 123.

19 See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section II.C.

20 See id., at n.84 and accompanying text. But see Comment Letter of Nuveen Investments on the Notice 

Seeking Comment on Asset Management Products and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 

2015), at 10 (stating that there is no evidence that shareholders are actually motivated by a first-mover 

advantage); Comment Letter of BlackRock on the Notice Seeking Comment on Asset Management 

Products and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 2015), at 17 (stating that although 

incentives to redeem may exist, this does not necessarily imply that investors will in fact redeem en masse

in times of market stress, but also noting that a well-structured fund “should seek to avoid features that 

could create a ‘first-mover advantage’ in which one investor has an incentive to leave” before others); 

Comment Letter of Association of Institutional Investors on the Notice Seeking Comment on Asset 

Management Products and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 2015), at 10-11 (“The 

empirical evidence of historical redemption activity, even during times of market stress, supports the view 

that either (i) there are not ‘incentives to redeem’ that are sufficient to overcome the asset owner’s asset 

allocation decision or (ii) that there are disincentives, such as not triggering a taxable event, that outweigh 

the hypothesized ‘incentives to redeem.’”); Comment Letter of The Capital Group Companies on the 

Notice Seeking Comment on Asset Management Products and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 
9

advantage, they can lead to increasing outflows, and as the level of outflows from a fund 

increases, the incentive for remaining shareholders to redeem may also increase.

21 Additionally, 

a fund experiencing large outflows as a result of redemptions may be exposed to predatory 

trading activity in the securities it holds.22 Regardless of whether investor redemptions are 

motivated by a first-mover advantage or other factors, there can be significant adverse 

consequences to remaining investors in a fund in these circumstances, including material dilution 

of remaining investors’ interests in the fund.

23

As a means of addressing potential shareholder dilution from redemptions, the 

Commission adopted in 2005 rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act, which permits 

funds to impose redemption fees under certain circumstances.24 Although the Commission 

adopted the redemption fee rule to allow funds to recoup some of the direct and indirect costs 

 

(Mar. 25, 2015), at 8 (“We also do not believe that the mutualization of fund trading costs creates any first 

mover advantage.”); Comment Letter of Investment Company Institute on the Notice Seeking Comment on 

Asset Management Products and Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 2015) (“Investor 

behavior provides evidence that any mutualized trading costs must not be sufficiently large to drive 

investor flows. We consistently observe that investor outflows are modest and investors continue to 

purchase shares in most funds even during periods of market stress.”). See also discussion of the potential 

first-mover advantage in the Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.49. 

21 Id.

22 See, e.g., Joshua Coval & Erik Stafford, Asset Fire Sales (and Purchases) in Equity Markets, 86 J. FIN.

ECON. 479 (2007) (“Funds experiencing large outflows tend to decrease existing positions, which creates 

price pressure in the securities held in common by distressed funds. Similarly, the tendency among funds 

experiencing large inflows to expand existing positions creates positive price pressure in overlapping 

holdings. Investors who trade against constrained mutual funds earn significant returns for providing 

liquidity. In addition, future flow-driven transactions are predictable, creating an incentive to front-run the 

anticipated forced trades by funds experiencing extreme capital flows.”); Teodor Dyakov & Marno 

Verbeek, Front-Running of Mutual Fund Fire-Sales, 37 J. OF BANK. AND FIN. 4931 (2013) (“We show that 

a real-time trading strategy which front-runs the anticipated forced sales by mutual funds experiencing 

extreme capital outflows generates an alpha of 0.5% per month during the 1990–2010 period . . . Our 

results suggest that publicly available information of fund flows and holdings exposes mutual funds in 

distress to predatory trading.”). See discussion of predatory trading concerns in the Proposing Release, 

supra footnote 6, at nn.805-809 and accompanying text.

23 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.37. 

24 See Mutual Fund Redemption Fees, Investment Company Act Release No. 26782 (Mar. 11, 2005) [70 FR 

13328 (Mar. 18, 2005)] (“Redemption Fees Adopting Release”). The redemption fee may be no more than 

two percent of the value of the shares redeemed. Rule 22c-2(a)(1)(i).
10

incurred as a result of short-term trading strategies, such as market timing, rule 22c-2 is not 

limited to the context of market timing and expressly contemplates that a fund board of directors 

may approve a redemption fee in order to “eliminate or reduce so far as practicable any dilution 

of the value of the outstanding securities issued by the fund,” and thus the rule can also be used 

to mitigate dilution arising from shareholder transaction activity generally.25 In adopting rule 

22c-2, the Commission stated that the amount of the redemption fee under rule 22c-2 may 

include indirect costs associated with transactions in fund shares, such as liquidity costs.26

Fund boards have flexibility under rule 22c-2 to adopt redemption fees that address the 

needs of their funds.27 Rule 22c-2 provides discretion for fund boards to structure redemption 

fees in way that “in its judgment, is necessary or appropriate” to achieve the anti-dilution 

purposes of the rule.28 For example, we believe that a fund board, consistent with its obligations 

under 22c-2, may determine that it is appropriate to approve a redemption fee that would apply 

for an indefinite time period after purchase of the security – that is, whenever an investor 

redeems from the fund – in order to reduce dilution.29 In addition, a fund board might determine 

 25 See Redemption Fees Adopting Release, supra footnote 24, at section II.A. (“Rule 22c-2 requires that each 

fund’s board of directors (including a majority of independent directors) either (i) approve a redemption fee 

that in its judgment is necessary or appropriate to recoup costs the fund may incur as a result of 

redemptions, or to otherwise eliminate or reduce dilution of the fund’s outstanding securities, or (ii) 

determine that imposition of a redemption fee is not necessary or appropriate.”) (internal citation omitted). 

See also Comment Letter of Federated Investors, Inc. (Jan. 13, 2016) (“Federated Comment Letter”) 

(stating that redemption fees currently permitted under rule 22c-2 may be an effective anti-dilution tool and 

presenting an illustrative redemption fee structure assessed in an amount equal to expected transaction 

costs, up to two percent, for transactions over a certain dollar amount).

26 See Redemption Fees Adopting Release, supra footnote 24.

27 See id., at section II. (“[Rule 22c-2] permits each board to take steps it concludes are necessary to protect 

its investors, and provides the board flexibility to tailor the redemption fee to meet the needs of the fund.”); 

and Mutual Fund Redemption Fees, Investment Company Act Release No. 27504 (Sept. 27, 2006) [71 FR 

58257 (Oct. 3, 2001)], at section II.C (“[T]he terms of redemption fee policies are a matter for fund boards 

to determine.”).

28 Rule 22c-2. 

29 While rule 22c-2 provides a minimum seven day “time period” during which a redemption fee, if imposed, 
11

it appropriate to impose a redemption fee only on a subset of such redemptions that the board 

determines are most likely to result in such costs or dilution, such as all redemptions exceeding a 

certain size (e.g. over $100,000 or $250,000) or on such large redemptions if advance notice is 

not provided.30 The details of the redemption fee and the circumstances under which it would 

(and would not) be imposed, as well as exceptions or waivers must be disclosed to fund 

investors.31

While we believe redemption fees may be an effective anti-dilution tool, we acknowledge 

that these fees are viewed as unpopular with investors and intermediaries32 and entail their own 

operational complexities.33 As a result, redemption fees have not become prevalent as a means 

of addressing dilution due to shareholder transaction activity, and thus are used by a limited 

 must apply, (i.e. a fee may not apply only to shares redeemed in three days or less after purchase, but must 

capture shares redeemed within at least a seven-day period after purchase), it does not impose a maximum 

duration of such a time period, and thus redemption fees may be imposed on shares redeemed within a 

month, three months, or even longer periods, depending on the duration deemed appropriate by the fund 

board. See rule 22c-2(a)(1)(i). 

30 Redemption fees imposed for an indefinite time period after purchase but only on redemptions exceeding a 

certain size – like redemption fees imposed on all shares redeemed within a certain time period – might 

potentially implicate the senior security concerns of section 18(f)(1), but we note that in adopting rule 22c2 we explicitly provided exemptive relief from section 18(f)(1) for redemption fees imposed under rule 

22c-2. See Redemption Fees Adopting Release, supra footnote 24, at n.30 (“By adopting the rule, we are 

providing an exemption from . . . the Act’s prohibition against the issuance of a senior security.”). 

31 See id., at n.32 (“The details of the redemption fee, the circumstances under which it would (and would 

not) be imposed, and the specific exceptions to imposition of the fee are currently disclosed to fund 

investors when they decide to invest in a fund, and may include exceptions for particular transactions.”). 

See also Item 11(c) of Form N-1A.

32 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter (“Even investors who understand that transaction fees accrue to the 

benefit of the fund (and thus, indirectly, to fund shareholders) often react negatively when confronted with 

having to pay them.”).

33 For example, we recognize the compliance burdens and operational challenges certain types of redemption 

fees place on intermediaries, who would be required to track various fund policies for such fees by share 

class that may include varying fee rates, applicability and waiver policies. Such data also would require 

daily updating as it is sourced by systems that support both front-end (customer facing) and back-end 

transaction processing to ensure fees are accurately assessed. See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6 at 

text accompanying n.724 (acknowledging potential operational complexity that could accompany the use of 

redemption fees). We acknowledge that these operational challenges may be particularly acute in 

circumstances where a fund’s policies assess redemption fees only in circumstances where the fund is 

experiencing heavy redemptions or particular market stresses or where a fund assesses redemption fees that 

may vary in size each time they are applied.
12

number of funds.34

Funds may also attempt to address potential shareholder dilution by reserving the right to 

redeem in kind instead of with cash.35 In-kind redemptions may reduce transaction costs by 

reducing the need for cash transactions, but they raise challenges of their own.36 There are often 

logistical and operational issues associated with paying in-kind redemptions, and this limits the 

availability of in-kind redemptions under many circumstances.37 For instance, in-kind 

redemptions could entail operational difficulties that result in manual processes, which would be 

imposed on both the fund and on investors receiving portfolio securities.38 Moreover, some 

shareholders are generally unable or unwilling to receive in-kind redemptions.39

 34 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter (“Given a choice, most investors appear to prefer funds that do not 

charge transactions fees over funds that do. This creates a competitive disadvantage for funds that impose 

transaction fees, accounting for their limited use.”).

35 See, e.g., Adoption of (1) Rule 18f-1 Under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to Permit Registered 

Open-End Investment Companies Which Have the Right to Redeem In Kind to Elect to Make Only Cash 

Redemptions and (2) Form N-18F-1, Investment Company Act Release No. 6561 (June 14, 1971) [36 FR 

11919 (June 23, 1971)] (“Rule 18f-1 and Form N-18F-1 Adopting Release”) (stating that the definition of 

“redeemable security” in section 2(a)(32) of the Investment Company Act “has traditionally been 

interpreted as giving the issuer the option of redeeming its securities in cash or in kind.”).

36 Mutual funds that reserve the right to redeem their shares in kind may use such redemptions to manage 

liquidity risk under exceptional circumstances. See Karen Damato, ‘Redemptions in Kind’ Become 

Effective for Tax Management, Wall Street Journal (Mar. 10, 1999), available at 

http://www.wsj.com/articles/SB921028092685519084 (“‘Redemptions in kind’ are typically viewed by 

fund managers as an emergency measure, a step they could take to meet massive redemptions in the midst 

of a market meltdown.”). Funds may also use in-kind redemptions for other reasons. For example, funds 

may wish to redeem certain investors (particularly, large, institutional investors) in kind, because in-kind 

redemptions could have a lower tax impact on the fund than selling portfolio securities in order to pay 

redemptions in cash. This, in turn, could benefit the remaining shareholders in the fund. See, e.g., id. See 

also Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.F.

37 See, e.g., Comment Letter of Invesco on the Notice Seeking Comment on Asset Management Products and 

Activities, Docket No. FSOC-2014-0001 (Mar. 25, 2015), at 11 (noting that while “Invesco has on 

occasion exercised rights to redeem in kind, in practice such rights are exercised infrequently”).

38 See Money Market Fund Reform; Amendments to Form PF, Investment Company Act Release No. 31166 

(July 23, 2014) [79 FR 47736 (Aug. 14, 2014)] (“2014 Money Market Fund Reform Adopting Release”), at 

section II.L.1.f (discussing “complex valuation and operational issues” associated with in-kind 

redemptions). See also Money Market Fund Reform; Amendments to Form PF, Investment Company Act 

Release No. 30551 (June 5, 2013) [78 FR 36834, (June 19, 2013)] (“2013 Money Market Fund Reform 

Proposing Release”), at n.473 and accompanying text.

39 See Comment Letter of BlackRock Inc. (Jan. 13, 2016) (“BlackRock Comment Letter”) (“[R]edemptions 
13

Funds may still mitigate shareholder dilution using redemption fees and redemptions in 

kind, but each has downsides (as described above) and they are not broadly utilized by funds. 

Therefore, for the reasons discussed throughout this section, we believe that providing funds the 

option to use swing pricing as another anti-dilution tool is likely to benefit investors and may 

complement or be an alternative to the tools currently available to funds. 

Finding efficient and cost-effective ways to protect fund shareholders from the dilutive 

impacts of trading activity and related costs is challenging, and many tools have been used in 

different jurisdictions to address these issues.

40 As discussed in detail in the Proposing Release, 

 in-kind are not practical for retail investors, as retail investors may lack the proper custodial accounts to 

hold a particular security and they may be less likely to have the necessary expertise and/or the operational 

ability to trade the securities that could be held in a fund. For example, a retail investor may not have a 

custodial account set up to hold a security that is traded in another country, nor the sophistication to be able 

to trade such a security.”). See also Comment Letter of Invesco Ltd. (Jan. 13, 2016) (“Invesco Comment 

Letter”) (“The primary problem with using redemptions in-kind to meet large redemptions is the 

willingness and ability of the redeeming entity to receive securities instead of cash.”); Peter Fortune, 

Mutual Funds, Part I: Reshaping the American Financial System, NEW ENGLAND ECON. REV. (July/Aug. 

1997), at 47, available at http://www.bostonfed.org/economic/neer/neer1997/neer497d.htm. (“A fund 

redeeming in kind does so at the risk of its reputation and future business . . .”). In the context of money 

market funds, we requested comment on whether we should require redemptions in kind for redemptions in 

excess of a certain size threshold, to ease liquidity strains on the fund and reduce the risks and unfairness 

posed by significant sudden redemptions. See Money Market Fund Reform; Proposed Rule, Investment 

Company Act Release No. 28807 (June 30, 2009) [74 FR 32688 (July 8, 2009)] (“2009 Money Market 

Fund Reform Proposing Release”), at section III.B. Commenters generally opposed this type of reform for 

a variety of reasons, all of which likely would apply equally to funds other than money market funds. For 

example, most commenters stated that in-kind redemptions would be technically unworkable due to 

complex valuation and operational issues that would be imposed on both the fund and on investors 

receiving the in-kind distribution. See 2013 Money Market Fund Reform Proposing Release, supra 

footnote 38, at section III.B.9.c.

40 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at text preceding n.423 (“While redemption fees (or purchase 

fees) could mitigate dilution arising from shareholder transaction activity, implementing a fee requires 

coordination with the fund’s service providers, which could entail operational complexity.”); see also id., at 

text accompanying and following n.445 (“In considering the swing pricing proposal, we considered 

proposing a rule that would permit ‘dual pricing’ as opposed to swing pricing. We understand that certain 

foreign funds use dual pricing as an alternative means of mitigating potential dilution arising from 

shareholder transaction activity. A fund using dual pricing would not adjust the fund’s NAV by a swing 

factor when it faces high levels of net purchases or net redemptions, but instead would quote two prices—

one for incoming shareholders (reflecting the cost of buying portfolio securities at the ask price in the 

market), and one for outgoing shareholders (reflecting the proceeds the fund would receive from selling 

portfolio securities at the bid price in the market). While we believe that dual pricing also could mitigate 

potential dilution, we believe that swing pricing is a preferable alternative because we believe it would be 

simpler to implement and for investors to understand.”) (internal citation omitted). 
14

one particularly successful tool, which has been applied in the Luxembourg fund industry for 

over 15 years, is swing pricing.41 Swing pricing is regarded abroad as an efficient mechanism to 

protect non-transacting shareholders from dilution, as well as an additional tool to help funds 

manage liquidity risks.42 Asset managers have implemented swing pricing for a range of fund 

types and asset classes, including equity, fixed income and multi-asset funds.43 A number of 

other jurisdictions also permit the use of swing pricing within their domestic markets, or are 

considering allowing its use.

44 Although swing pricing may be more or less widely implemented 

in different jurisdictions (due to a particular home market’s regulatory regime, investor profiles 

and operational infrastructure), when implemented it has been shown to provide performance 

benefits to funds,45 which is consistent with a reduction in dilution attributable to the transactions 

costs associated with shareholder activity.46

Against this background, today we are adopting amendments to rule 22c-1 that will 

enable funds to choose to use “swing pricing” as a tool to mitigate shareholder dilution. After 

further consideration and after evaluating comments, we have modified several aspects of the 

final rule from the proposal, including eliminating the consideration of “market impact” when 

 41 See Proposing Release supra footnote 6, at n.418 and accompanying text. Luxembourg is a significant 

jurisdiction for the organization of UCITS funds in Europe. 

42 See, e.g., Association of the Luxembourg Fund Industry, Swing Pricing Update 2015 (Dec. 2015) (“ALFI 

Survey 2015”), at 21, available at http://www.alfi.lu/sites/alfi.lu/files/ALFI-Swing-Pricing-Survey-2015-

FINAL.pdf (noting that it is “increasingly evident . . . that swing pricing is an accepted and well established 

anti-dilution standard in the marketplace and has become the most commonly practiced form of antidilution protection”); and id., at 17 (noting that a significant percentage of survey respondents indicated 

that “there is potential to apply swing pricing as part of a range of measures to assist with fund liquidity 

issues”).

43 See id., at 8-9. 

44 See id., at 6, 20.

45 See infra footnote 88 and accompanying text. 

46 See also BlackRock, Fund Structures as Systemic Risk Mitigants, Viewpoint (Sept. 2014) (“BlackRock 

Fund Structures Paper”), available at https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/enfi/literature/whitepaper/viewpoint-fund-structures-as-systemic-risk-mitigants-september-2014.pdf. 
15

setting a fund’s swing factor; requiring funds to establish and disclose an upper limit on the 

fund’s swing factor, which may not exceed two percent of the fund’s NAV per share; and 

refining certain financial statement and performance reporting requirements related to swing 

pricing. The amendments as adopted also incorporate certain modifications to the board’s 

approval and oversight role associated with swing pricing. The fund’s board does not have to 

specifically approve changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures. However, 

under the final rule, the fund’s board will be required to approve the fund’s swing pricing 

policies and procedures and periodically review a written report prepared by the persons 

responsible for administering swing pricing that describes, among other things, the swing pricing 

administrator’s review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and 

the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution. This 

report also must describe the administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of the 

rule, including the information and data supporting these determinations. The board-approved 

policies and procedures must specify the process for setting the swing threshold, swing factor, 

and swing factor upper limit. In addition, the board will be required to approve the swing 

threshold(s) and the upper limit on the swing factor(s) used by the fund, and any changes thereto. 

We are also providing for an extended effective date to help alleviate concerns raised by 

commenters regarding operational changes that will be necessary before this new pricing method 

becomes available in the marketplace, because we believe that efficient, coordinated efforts to 

implement such operational changes will ultimately benefit investors. We have directed our staff 

to review, two years after the rule’s effective date, market practices associated with funds’ use of

swing pricing under rule 22c-1(a)(3) to mitigate dilution and to provide the Commission with the 
16

results of this review. 

2. Overview of Swing Pricing Proposal and Comments Received

We proposed amendments to rule 22c-1 that would permit a registered open-end fund 

(but not a money market fund or ETF) to choose to establish and implement swing pricing.

47 

Under the proposal, a fund that chooses to use swing pricing would need to have policies and 

procedures that would require the fund to adjust its NAV per share by an amount known as the 

“swing factor” once the level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded a set, specified 

percentage of the fund’s NAV, known as the “swing threshold.” A fund would be required to 

consider certain factors in determining its swing threshold, and the fund’s board would be 

required to approve the swing threshold. Likewise, a fund would have to consider certain factors 

in determining the “swing factor,” which is the amount that the funds NAV would swing in 

response to the costs associated with the shareholder purchase and redemption activity, and the 

board would have to approve any swing factor upper limit.

Nearly all commenters supported the goals of swing pricing, and the ability of swing 

pricing in theory to achieve these goals.

48 However, commenters also highlighted a variety of 

concerns, many stemming from operational hurdles to implementing swing pricing in the 

United States that would require significant changes to fund processing infrastructure and 

systems.

49 Several commenters urged the Commission to assist the industry in addressing the 

 47 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.F.

48 See, e.g., Comment Letter of Americans for Financial Reform (Jan. 13, 2016) (“AFR Comment Letter”); 

Federated Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Global Association of Risk Professionals (Jan. 12, 2016) 

(“GARP Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of Vanguard (Jan. 6, 2016) (“Vanguard Comment Letter”).

49 While most commenters supported the idea of swing pricing (with certain reservations), a few opposed 

swing pricing outright. See, e.g., Comment Letter of ETF Consultants (Jan. 25, 2016) (“ETF Consultants 

Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of Voya Investment Management (Jan. 12, 2016) (“Voya Comment 

Letter”); Comment Letter of Eaton Vance Investment Managers (Jan. 13, 2016). See also infra section 
17

operational challenges before swing pricing is implemented,

50 by seeking input from industry 

participants and other regulators about what could be done to make swing pricing a viable 

option in the U.S.51 Commenters indicated that funds, intermediaries and service providers will 

have different levels of operational changes and burdens to consider, and certain funds may 

have the ability to implement swing pricing sooner than other funds (e.g., some fund complexes 

have experience with implementing swing pricing in other jurisdictions, or are larger and may 

have more resources available to implement swing pricing, or are otherwise in a better position 

to be able to receive sufficient information to allow them to reasonably estimate whether they 

have crossed a swing threshold with high confidence). Commenters noted that such disparities 

could allow some funds to implement swing pricing faster than others, and that allowing time to 

work through operational issues in an efficient manner for all funds should help facilitate its 

implementation.52

In response to commenters’ concerns regarding swing pricing’s operational challenges 

and costs and to help facilitate efficient implementation of swing pricing, the Commission is 

adopting amendments to rule 22c-1 permitting swing pricing with a two-year extended effective 

date. Delaying the effective date should provide funds, intermediaries, and service providers a 

 

II.A.3.b. for a detailed discussion on operational challenges.

50 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Dodge & Cox (Jan. 21, 2016) (“Dodge & Cox 

Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (Jan. 13, 2016) 

(“PIMCO Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association 

(Jan. 13, 2016) (Comments on Swing Pricing Proposal) (“SIFMA Comment Letter II”).

51 See, e.g., Morningstar Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II; Vanguard Comment Letter.

52 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Capital Research and Management Company 

(Jan. 13, 2016) (“CRMC Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of Fidelity Management & Research 

Company (Jan. 13, 2016) (“Fidelity Comment Letter”); ICI Comment Letter I (suggesting that the SEC 

consider a delayed effective date (of two years or 30 months) to permit funds and intermediaries to work 

through operational issues, and to reduce potential competitive disadvantages that may result for funds that 

may be less ready to adopt swing pricing). 
18

reasonable amount of time to evaluate and implement in an orderly and more cost-effective 

manner the necessary operational changes to conduct swing pricing, regardless of the unique 

operational hurdles a particular entity may face.53 Providing this extended effective date may 

result in long-term benefits for many funds and investors as it may allow the industry to develop 

and implement standardized operations solutions for swing pricing that likely would result in 

lower costs, processing efficiencies and reduced operational risks that ultimately benefit 

investors.54 We also appreciate the extent of operational changes that will be necessary for 

many funds to conduct swing pricing and that these changes may still be costly to implement, 

but we were not persuaded by commenters who argued that these changes are insurmountable, 

and indeed one stated that despite these challenges “the long-term benefits of enabling swing 

pricing for U.S. open-end mutual funds outweigh the one-time costs related to implementation 

for industry participants.”55 These issues are discussed in detail below.

As discussed in section II.A.3.b. below, commenters highlighted the various benefits of 

swing pricing for investors, including how the tool may be used to address the dilutive effect of 

shareholder transaction activity effectively and efficiently, and with observable performance 

benefits to the non-transacting shareholders in such funds.56 Also, as discussed in section

II.A.3.b. below, commenters raised overarching concerns regarding swing pricing generally, 

including shareholder fairness, alternatives to swing pricing such as redemption fees or 

 53 Id.

54 See infra footnote 212 and accompanying paragraph. We note that providing an extended effective date to 

address such operational changes may also, consequently, alleviate some of the competitive concerns raised 

by commenters regarding certain funds being in a better position than others to rapidly implement swing 

pricing. 

55 GARP Comment Letter.

56 See infra footnote 88 and accompanying text.
19

redemptions in kind, the impacts swing pricing will have on the current NAV and potential 

performance volatility, and transparency, disclosure, and potential gaming behavior concerns.

With respect to the more detailed elements of the proposed swing pricing rules, multiple 

commenters raised various additional concerns, and in some cases provided suggestions on the 

processes for determining the swing threshold, calculating the swing factor, estimating net 

shareholder flows, pricing errors and materiality, impacts on financial statement presentation 

and other disclosures, and board approval and oversight, all of which are discussed in the 

sections below. 

3. Discussion of Final Swing Pricing Rules

a. Scope of New Swing Pricing Rules

Under the final rule, all registered open-end management investment companies, with the 

exception of money market funds and ETFs, may choose to use swing pricing.

57 Although rule 

22c-1(a) generally applies to all registered investment companies issuing redeemable securities,58

we believe money market funds, while potentially susceptible to the risk of dilution, already have 

extensive tools at their disposal to mitigate potential shareholder dilution, and ETFs, because 

they redeem directly only with authorized participants, are generally able to utilize transaction 

fees to pass on certain costs associated with redemptions.

A fund may decide to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures as part of the liquidity 

 57 For purposes of the new amendments to rule 22c-1, “exchange-traded fund” includes an exchange-traded 

managed fund (“ETMF”). See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8

at n.30 and accompanying text (discussing ETMFs in greater detail).

58 Rule 2a-7 provides exemptions from rule 22c-1 for money market funds to permit certain money market 

funds to use the amortized cost method and/or the penny-rounding method to calculate its NAV, and to 

permit a money market fund to impose liquidity fees and temporarily suspend redemptions. See rule 2a7(c)(1)(i); rule 2a-7(c)(2).
20

risk management program it is required to implement under rule 22e-4.59 Some fund complexes 

may decide to use swing pricing for certain funds within the complex but not others, or establish 

different swing thresholds for different funds within the complex.60 As discussed below, funds 

utilizing swing pricing are required to exclude any purchases and redemptions that are made in 

kind in determining whether the fund’s level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded 

the fund’s swing threshold.

61 We are not permitting closed-end investment companies (“closedend funds”), unit investment trusts (“UITs”), ETFs and money market funds to use swing pricing 

under the final rule, as discussed in more detail below.

Closed-End Funds

Closed-end funds do not issue redeemable securities and therefore do not incur the same 

costs as open-end funds, associated with shareholder purchase and redemption activity, that 

swing pricing is intended to address.

62 One commenter suggested that swing pricing should be 

permitted for closed-end funds, indicating that certain closed-end funds (e.g., those that rely on 

 59 See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8. Under rule 22e-4, each 

open-end fund, including open-end ETFs but not including money market funds, is required to adopt and 

implement a written liquidity risk management program reasonably designed to assess and manage the 

fund’s liquidity risk. See id. 

60 Outside the U.S., it is a common industry practice for funds within a fund complex each to have an 

individual swing threshold, or for some funds within a complex to use swing pricing while others do not. 

See, e.g., BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46; and J.P. Morgan Asset Management, Swing 

Pricing: The J.P. Morgan Asset Management Approach in the Luxembourg Domiciled SICAVs (June 

2014), available at 

http://www.jpmorganassetmanagement.de/DE/dms/Swing%20Pricing%20%5bMKR%5d%20%5bIP_EN%

5d.pdf (“J.P. Morgan Asset Management Swing Pricing Paper”).

61 We note that although redemptions in kind are excluded from the swing threshold, any such redemptions 

would still receive the swung NAV if the fund were to swing price on that day. This is because the swung 

NAV would apply to all redemption transactions on that day, regardless of how the proceeds are paid. We 

recognize that funds have discretion in determining whether to satisfy redemptions in kind, and that a fund 

that does satisfy redemptions in kind is less likely to cross its swing threshold. As a result, a fund can 

control how much it engages in swing pricing through its use of redemptions in kind. We believe this 

flexibility is appropriate, however, because funds have discretion on whether to use swing pricing, and 

redemptions in kind reduce dilution, which lessens the need for swing pricing. 

62 See section 2(a)(32) (defining “redeemable security”) and section 5(a)(1)-(2) (defining “open-end 

company” and “closed-end company”) of the Act. 
21

rule 23c-3) may incur transaction costs that may be mitigated by swing pricing.63 The same 

commenter conceded, however, that the “the risk of investor dilution in connection with any 

offering or tender process is low for closed-end funds,” that “the goals of the ‘swing-pricing’ 

option for open-end funds are already met for closed-end funds through existing mechanisms,” 

and that the commenter would not expect many closed-end funds to utilize swing pricing. 

Because closed-end funds do not issue redeemable securities,64 and therefore are much less likely 

to encounter much of the dilution that swing pricing is intended to address,65 we agree that the 

goals of swing pricing are already met for closed-end funds and, as proposed, we are not 

permitting closed-end funds to utilize swing pricing.66

UITs

Although UITs issue redeemable securities, we are not permitting UITs to utilize swing 

pricing for a number of reasons. First, most assets currently held in UITs serve as separate 

account vehicles used to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance products, and these 

UITs essentially function as pass-through vehicles, investing principally in securities of one or 

 63 See Comment Letter of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (Jan. 14, 2016) (“[A] closed-end fund that 

continuously offers its shares may determine that the subscribing shareholders should bear the costs of the 

fund investing the new cash. In such situations, a fund and its board may determine that the use of the 

swing-pricing mechanism is appropriate. Accordingly, there may be potential benefits in allowing closedend funds the option to use swing pricing.”). 

Certain closed-end funds (“closed-end interval funds”) do elect to repurchase their shares at periodic 

intervals pursuant to rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act. See Liquidity Risk Management 

Program Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at n.145.

64 If a closed-end fund were to repurchase shares, it would have control over the timing and amount of any 

such repurchases (subject to the requirements of rule 23c-3, in the case of interval funds), and thus would 

not face the same liquidity pressures as open-end funds. 

65 See supra section I.

66 We believe that the risk of investor dilution targeted by swing pricing is already sufficiently mitigated for 

closed-end interval funds by the requirements in rule 23c-3 and, therefore, it would not be appropriate to 

permit such funds to utilize swing pricing. 
22

more open-end funds that could implement swing pricing.67 UITs are not actively managed, and 

their portfolios are not actively traded. Unlike an open-end fund, a UIT generally does not have 

personnel available to actively manage the UIT’s liquidity level. Because of the lack of a 

manager, we do not believe it would be feasible for a UIT to engage in the active administration 

of the swing pricing threshold and factor required by the rule. Also, UITs whose sponsor 

maintains a secondary market for the purchase and sale of units do not incur the dilutive 

transaction costs that swing pricing targets. Finally, we are not permitting UITs that are ETFs to 

utilize swing pricing for the reasons discussed in the ETFs section immediately below. We did 

not receive any comments on the Proposing Release indicating that UITs should be permitted to 

utilize swing pricing.

ETFs

As proposed, we are not permitting ETFs to use swing pricing because, unlike mutual 

funds, which typically internalize the costs associated with purchases and redemptions of shares, 

ETFs typically externalize these costs by redeeming in kind and by charging a fixed and/or 

variable fee to authorized participants who purchase creation units from, and sell creation units 

to, an ETF to cover liquidity and transaction costs.

68 We also are not including ETFs within the 

 67 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.139 and accompanying text. We currently estimate that 

approximately 92.9% of UITs serve as separate account vehicles (based on data as of December 31, 2015).

68 The fixed and/or variable fees are imposed to offset both transfer and other transaction costs that may be 

incurred by the ETF (or its service providers), as well as brokerage, tax-related, foreign exchange, 

execution, market impact and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from 

such transaction. The amount of these fixed and variable fees typically depends on whether the authorized 

participant effects transactions in kind or with cash and is related to the costs and expenses associated with 

transactions effected in kind versus in cash. When an authorized participant redeems ETF shares by selling 

a creation unit to the ETF, for example, the fees imposed by the ETF defray the costs of the liquidity that 

the redeeming authorized participant receives, which in turn mitigates the risk that dilution of nonredeeming authorized participants would result when an ETF redeems its shares. See Invesco Comment 

Letter (“When an authorized participant redeems in cash, the variable transaction fee that an ETF may 

impose to offset transaction costs should address both dilution and liquidity concerns.”). 
23

scope of rule 22c-1(a)(3) because we believe that swing pricing could impede the effective 

functioning of an ETF’s arbitrage mechanism.69 The effective functioning of the arbitrage 

mechanism is necessary in order for an ETF’s shares to trade at a price that is at or close to the 

NAV of the ETF.70 If an ETF were to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures, an authorized 

participant would not know whether the ETF’s NAV would be adjusted by a swing factor on any 

given day and therefore may not be able to assess whether an arbitrage opportunity exists.71 The 

Commission historically has considered the effective functioning of the arbitrage mechanism to 

be central to the principle that all shareholders be treated equitably when buying and selling their 

fund shares (i.e., that shareholders would not transact in shares of an ETF at market prices 

significantly diverging from the ETF’s NAV).72 Therefore, we believe that the implementation 

of swing pricing by an ETF could raise concerns about the equitable treatment of shareholders, to 

 69 ETMF market makers would not engage in the same kind of arbitrage as ETF market makers because all 

trading prices of ETMF shares are linked to NAV. See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting 

Release, supra footnote 8, at n.834 and accompanying text. ETMFs would charge transaction fees that 

mitigate the risk of dilution, however, and therefore we do not include ETMFs within the scope of rule 22c1(a)(3). 

70 By this we mean that, and we generally expect that, each day and over time an ETF’s shares will trade at or 

close to the ETF’s intraday value. See Request for Comment on Exchange-Traded Products, Securities 

Exchange Act Release No. 75165 (June 12, 2015) [80 FR 34729 (June 17, 2015)] (“2015 ETP Request for 

Comment”) (“When providing exemptive or no-action relief under the Exchange Act, the Commission and 

its staff have analyzed and relied upon the representations from ETP issuers regarding the continuing 

existence of effective and efficient arbitrage to help ensure that the secondary market prices of ETP 

Securities do not vary substantially from the value of their underlying portfolio or reference assets.”). See 

also Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8 at n.844. Because an ETF 

does not determine its NAV in real time throughout the trading day, in assessing whether this expectation is 

met, one looks to the difference between the ETF shares’ closing market price and the ETF’s end-of-day 

net asset value (i.e., its “premium” or “discount”). See 2015 ETP Request for Comment.

71 See infra paragraph accompanying footnote 128 (noting that a fund is not required to disclose its swing 

threshold under the final rule).

72 See, e.g., Spruce ETF Trust, et al., Investment Company Act Release No. 31301 (Oct. 21, 2014) [79 FR 

63964 (Oct. 27, 2014)] (“ETFs require various exemptions from the provisions of the [Investment 

Company Act] and the rules thereunder. Critically, in granting such exemptions to date, the Commission 

has required that a mechanism exist to ensure that ETF shares would trade at a price that is at or close to the 

NAV per share of the ETF.”); and Precidian ETFs Trust, et al., Investment Company Act Release No. 

31300 (Oct. 21, 2014) [79 FR 63971 (Oct. 27, 2014)] (notice of application).
24

the extent that swing pricing could impede the effective functioning of the arbitrage mechanism. 

No commenters disagreed with our proposal not to allow ETFs to use swing pricing. We are, as 

proposed, not permitting ETFs to utilize swing pricing.

Money Market Funds 

Under the final rule, like under the proposal, money market funds would not be able to 

use swing pricing. No commenters suggested that money market funds be allowed to use swing 

pricing. Money market funds are subject to extensive requirements concerning the liquidity of 

their portfolio investments. Also, a money market fund is permitted to impose a liquidity fee on 

redemptions if its weekly liquid investments fall below a certain threshold, and these fees serve a 

similar purpose as the NAV adjustments contemplated by swing pricing.73 That is, money 

market fund liquidity fees allocate at least some of the costs of providing liquidity to redeeming 

rather than non-transacting shareholders,74 and generate additional liquidity to meet redemption 

requests.75 We therefore believe that money market funds already have liquidity risk 

management tools at their disposal that could accomplish comparable goals to the swing pricing 

permitted for other funds under rule 22c-1(a)(3).

We also believe that the liquidity fee regime permitted under rule 2a-7 is a more 

appropriate tool for money market funds to manage the allocation of liquidity costs than swing 

pricing.76 Money market funds also have unique minimum liquid investment requirements, and 

 73 See rule 2a-7(c)(2); see also 2014 Money Market Fund Reform Adopting Release, supra footnote 38, at 

section III.A.

74 See, e.g., 2014 Money Market Fund Reform Adopting Release, supra footnote 38, at n.139 and 

accompanying text.

75 See id., at n.120.

76 While funds may adopt swing pricing policies and procedures at their discretion, rule 2a-7 requires a 

money market fund under certain circumstances to impose a one percent liquidity fee on each shareholder’s 

redemption, unless the fund’s board of directors (including a majority of its independent directors) 
25

we believe the use of liquidity fees is appropriately tied to those requirements. We also 

anticipate that open-end funds that adopt swing pricing policies and procedures may be required 

under such procedures to adjust their NAV from time to time (whenever the fund’s net purchases 

or net redemptions exceed the fund’s swing threshold). In contrast, money market fund investors 

(particularly, investors in stable-NAV money market funds) are particularly sensitive to price 

volatility,77 and we anticipate liquidity fees will be used only in times of stress when money 

market funds’ internal liquidity has been partially depleted.

We note that some foreign jurisdictions have a similar conception of liquidity fees as a 

distinct tool separate from swing pricing. For example, in Europe, UCITS may use swing 

pricing and apply “dilution levies,” which are in many respects similar to liquidity fees.78 While 

many UCITS use swing pricing as a matter of normal course, dilution levies may be considered a 

liquidity risk management tool that is used in connection with stressed conditions.79

b. General Considerations Relating to Swing Pricing 

As highlighted above, most commenters expressed general support for the goals of swing 

pricing, as well as the ability of swing pricing to achieve these goals if successfully 

 determines that such fee is not in the best interests of the fund, or determines that a lower or higher fee (not 

to exceed two percent) is in the best interests of the fund. See rule 2a-7(c)(2)(ii). 

77 For example, retail and government money market funds are permitted to maintain a stable NAV, reflecting 

in part our understanding that investors in these products have a low tolerance for NAV volatility. See 

2014 Money Market Fund Reform Adopting Release, supra footnote 38, at section III.B.3.c. Investors in 

floating NAV money market funds also could be sensitive to principal volatility, as we recognized in 

adopting requirements that all money market funds disclose their daily net asset value (rounded to the 

fourth decimal place) on their websites, and as we discussed in the economic analysis of the 2014 Money 

Market Fund Reform Adopting Release. See id., at section III.E.9 and section III.K. 

78 See, e.g., BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46, at 6; see also supra footnote 24 and 

accompanying and following text (discussing redemption fees that are currently permitted under

rule 22c-2).

79 See BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46, at 6.
26

implemented.

80 These commenters highlighted the value of swing pricing for investors, and 

noted that the tool may address the dilutive effect of shareholder transaction activity effectively 

and through a more efficient means than many other tools.81

Several commenters suggested that, in addition to mitigating potential dilution arising 

from purchase and redemption activity, swing pricing also could help deter redemptions 

motivated by any first-mover advantage.82 That is, if non-transacting shareholders understood 

that redeeming shareholders—especially shareholders seeking to redeem large holdings—would 

bear the estimated costs of their redemption activity, it would reduce shareholders’ incentive to 

redeem large holdings quickly because there would be less risk that non-transacting shareholders

would bear the costs of other shareholders’ redemption activity. We agree that this may be an 

additional useful effect of swing pricing for the funds that choose to use it. 

As discussed in more detail in section II.A.3.d. below, swing pricing would require a 

fund, in determining whether the fund’s level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded 

the swing threshold, to make such a determination based on receipt of sufficient information 

about the fund’s net shareholder flows to allow the fund to reasonably estimate whether it has 

crossed the swing threshold with high confidence. We understand that, to the extent that funds 

engage in swing pricing, funds may be able to use the earlier receipt of net flow information in 

other ways, in particular, receiving net flow data earlier than current practice may provide 

 80 See, e.g., GARP Comment Letter; Comment Letter of J.P. Morgan Asset Management (Jan. 13, 2016) 

(“J.P. Morgan Comment Letter”); SIFMA Comment Letter II.

81 Some of these commenters noted investor and intermediary omnibus account issues, as well as systems and 

operational disadvantages associated with alternative tools, such as redemption fees, dual pricing and 

redemptions in kind. See, e.g., Comment Letter of Charles Schwab Investment Management (Jan. 13, 

2016) (“Charles Schwab Comment Letter”); Federated Comment Letter; Comment Letter of HSBC Global 

Asset Management (Jan. 13, 2016) (“HSBC Comment Letter”). 

82 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; Comment Letter of CFA Institute (Jan. 12, 2016) (“CFA Comment 

Letter”); GARP Comment Letter. 
27

valuable and improved information to fund managers for portfolio management and liquidity risk 

management, allowing them to better manage the portfolio. For example, the receipt of earlier 

net flow data will enable a more timely analysis of potential portfolio adjustments.83 Even on 

days where a fund does not meet the swing threshold, the shareholder flow data that the fund 

receives may be useful, allowing portfolio managers to better manage the fund’s portfolio in 

response to expected shareholder transaction activity.84

Some commenters also suggested that swing pricing and redemption fees can accomplish 

many of the same goals.85 Although swing pricing has similar anti-dilutive effects as redemption 

or liquidity fees, swing pricing has the benefit of not requiring transfer agents or intermediaries 

to process, reconcile, and remit to funds the additional fees charged on shareholder transactions. 

The swing pricing adjustment would be applied when a fund calculates its NAV, thus potentially 

allowing for a more efficient and cost-effective tool.

86 We agree with commenters that swing 

pricing may have significant anti-dilutive benefits for the funds that choose to utilize it, and that 

it may be more advantageous to use in many respects than other potential tools designed to 

address the same concern, such as dual pricing.87

 83 It is our understanding that most portfolio securities trading occurs early morning (when markets open) or 

close to the end of the trading day. Thus the best market prices may be missed if net flow information is 

not received by the fund until, for example, late morning on T+1 as often happens today with respect to 

some funds. See GARP Comment Letter.

84 We recognize that not all funds would be in a position to implement swing pricing quickly but note that 

such earlier receipt of shareholder flow data may provide an additional incentive for funds to adopt swing 

pricing beyond the anti-dilutive benefits it may provide. 

85 See Federated Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

86 However, as discussed in greater detail in section II.A.3.d. below, operational changes will need to be made 

in order to accurately apply the swing pricing factor. Funds would need to receive timely daily net 

shareholder flow information from intermediaries prior to the calculation of the NAV, in order to determine 

whether the swing threshold has been exceeded, and the NAV requires adjustment in accordance with the 

fund’s policies and procedures.

87 See HSBC Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter. See also supra footnote 24 and 

accompanying and following text (discussing rule 22c-2 and redemption fees).
28

We have noted that performance benefits have been identified in UCITs that use swing

pricing, which suggests that it is consistent with swing pricing having the effect of mitigating 

dilution costs for the non-transacting shareholders in some funds, thus providing observable 

benefits to those investors.88 One commenter disputed this notion, indicating that “the aggregate 

returns of fund shareholders, before expenses, are exactly the same whether or not a fund uses 

swing pricing” because “the observed improvement in fund pricing is sourced from, and equally 

offset by, the net transaction costs paid by buyers and sellers of fund shares . . . .”89 We believe 

the commenter’s analysis fails to take into account the value that the fund and its non-transacting

shareholders realize by reallocating such costs to transacting shareholders (i.e., we believe the 

commenter is disregarding the value of better aligning transaction costs to transacting, rather 

than non-transacting, shareholders).90 

A few commenters advocated for the Commission to require all funds to adopt swing 

pricing policies and procedures.91 These commenters suggested that swing pricing has 

significant benefits for investors, and that if left permissive, rather than mandatory, few funds 

 88 See Association of the Luxembourg Fund Industry, Swing Pricing Guidelines (Dec. 2015) (“ALFI Swing 

Pricing Guidelines 2015”), at 6, available at http://www.alfi.lu/sites/alfi.lu/files/Swing-Pricing-guidelinesfinal.pdf (“Funds that apply swing pricing show superior performance over time compared to funds (with 

identical investment strategies and trading patterns) that do not employ anti-dilution measures. Swing 

pricing helps preserve investment returns.”). We are not aware of differences between UCITs and US 

mutual funds or swing pricing practices that would cause performance benefits in U.S. mutual funds to be 

dissimilar, as swing pricing in UCITs regimes is also designed to reduce dilution and recapture the costs 

imposed by purchasing and redeeming shareholders on the fund. As discussed previously, commenters 

noting differences in the US and UCITs regimes largely pointed to differences in operational practice that 

made swing pricing easier to implement, and did not suggest that the benefits of swing pricing, once 

implemented, would differ. 

89 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

90 We note that ETFs operating as open-end funds already externalize much of their transaction costs to their 

authorized participants.

91 See Comment Letter of Chris Barnard (Nov. 30, 2015) (“Barnard Comment Letter”); Invesco Comment 

Letter.
29

would be likely to undertake the operational costs and challenges of implementing it.92 

However, the majority of commenters argued that, if the Commission were to adopt swingpricing rules, it should maintain the proposal’s permissive (not mandatory) approach.93 These

commenters agreed that although swing pricing could mitigate potential shareholder dilution on 

days when a fund experiences heavy redemptions or purchases94 and could help deter 

redemptions motivated by any first-mover advantage, it does so at a cost that may be significant 

for some funds.95 They also argued that swing pricing may not necessarily be appropriate for all 

funds, as some funds may be more susceptible to significant and costly shareholder transaction 

activity than others, and thus requiring all funds to implement swing pricing and bear its 

associated costs is not justified. They argued that funds would be best situated to determine 

whether the benefits of swing pricing outweigh the costs.

We appreciate the commenters’ concerns that swing pricing may have costs that, for 

some funds, may not be justified by the benefits.96 We believe that as funds begin to implement 

swing pricing, they will be able to better evaluate the benefits and costs, and determine whether 

swing pricing is appropriate for each particular fund. Accordingly, we believe that the use of 

swing pricing by funds as an anti-dilution tool at this time should be optional rather than

mandatory, and are adopting this permissive approach as proposed. 

 92 See Invesco Comment Letter (“Partial swing pricing must be mandatory across open-end mutual funds if it 

is to be used effectively...Making implementation optional would enable gaming and permit conflicts of 

interest.”).

93 See, e.g., CFA Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Dechert LLP (Jan. 13, 2016) (“Dechert Comment 

Letter”); ICI Comment Letter I; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter.

94 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; Comment Letter of MFS Investment Management (Jan. 13, 2016) 

(“MFS Comment Letter”); Charles Schwab Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II.

95 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; MFS Comment Letter; Charles Schwab 

Comment Letter.

96 See infra section III.
30

While most commenters supported swing pricing in concept, a few opposed swing 

pricing outright, arguing that it may have negative effects on certain shareholders and may add to 

fund performance volatility.

97 Many commenters who expressed general support for swing 

pricing also raised other concerns and challenges, many of which were also discussed in the 

Proposing Release.

Operational Challenges 

Commenters raised a variety of operational challenges with respect to the implementation 

of swing pricing.98 As discussed in greater detail in section II.A.3.d. below, it is critical that 

funds obtain sufficient data about shareholder purchase and redemption activity from 

intermediaries in a timely manner in order to reasonably estimate with high confidence whether a 

fund should use swing pricing on any given day; this process presents operational challenges at 

the present time, particularly for some funds. 

Several commenters noted that many current systems for processing fund orders are not 

set up to provide data on shareholder flows until well after a fund’s NAV has already been 

struck, and that some of these systems depend on receiving the fund’s NAV before the 

processing of shareholder purchase and redemptions transactions can begin.99 Commenters 

 97 See Comment Letter of Anonymous (Sept. 23, 2015); Eaton Vance Comment Letter (discussing a study it 

conducted that concludes that shareholder capital activity does not meaningfully impact the performance of 

most mutual funds); ETF Consultants Comment Letter; Voya Comment Letter.

98 See, e.g., CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; PIMCO Comment Letter; Comment Letter of 

Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (Jan. 13, 2016) (Comments on Proposal to Require 

Liquidity Risk Management Programs and Related Liquidity Disclosures) (“SIFMA Comment Letter I”). 

99 See, e.g., Eaton Vance Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; Comment Letter 

of LPL Financial (Jan. 13, 2016) (“LPL Comment Letter”). Commenters noted that certain platforms of 

third-party distributors (e.g., retirement plan record keepers, insurance companies, trust companies) require 

that actual fund NAVs are received before making trade allocations and processing transactions across 

accounts. For example, once orders in a retirement plan are created, investor transactions must be 

evaluated against the retirement plan’s rules for determining a valid transaction, and the amounts invested 

are percentage allocations, using the NAV for each applicable fund when calculating the final transaction 
31

pointed to systems issues and processing issues associated with swing pricing as their greatest 

concern, and suggested that few funds may adopt swing pricing immediately if the rule was 

effective upon adoption. Commenters suggested a variety of approaches to addressing these 

issues, including delayed effective dates for swing pricing to allow for systems changes and 

industry coordination efforts to be completed,100 delaying the striking of a fund’s NAV to allow 

more time for shareholder flow data to reach funds,101 and potential regulatory action to require 

intermediaries to assist in providing necessary data to funds.102

We recognize that most current systems for funds and intermediaries are not set up to 

accommodate swing pricing, and that certain changes would need to be made before swing 

pricing can be adopted in the U.S. We also anticipate that certain funds are better positioned to 

reasonably estimate their net flows, and thus could be ready to implement swing pricing sooner 

than other funds.103 As discussed in greater detail in section II.A.3.d. below, we believe that the 

challenges to implementing swing pricing can be addressed by the fund industry and overcome. 

Two commenters also noted that the aggregate long-term benefits to both shareholders and to the 

 

order. It was also noted that for some funds, a large percentage of purchases and redemptions are from the 

retirement channel (e.g., approximately 30%)). See ICI Comment Letter I.

100 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; CRMC Comment Letter; Fidelity Comment Letter; ICI Comment 

Letter I. See also infra footnote 212 and accompanying paragraph (discussing competitive concerns and an 

extended effective date).

101 See GARP Comment Letter; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter (also discussing potentially delaying NAV 

publication time from 6 p.m. ET to 8 p.m. ET, and generally concurring with GARP discussion of 

operational challenges).

102 See, e.g., CRMC Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter; T. Rowe Comment 

Letter.

103 For example, we understand that some funds may have larger retail shareholder bases that transact directly

with the fund’s transfer agent or may be primarily distributed through affiliates or broker-dealers (that 

could potentially provide timely flow data) and/or do not have a substantial number of investors transacting 

in retirement plans or insurance products, where it may be more challenging to obtain timely estimates. 

Such funds may also have a high confidence in reasonable estimates used by back-testing their estimated 

flow information to actual trade flows. 
32

stability of the overall financial system from swing pricing should be significant, likely 

outweighing the transition costs.104 Although funds and intermediaries may incur costs in 

changing operational systems and developing new processes, because swing pricing is optional 

(not mandatory) these costs would only be incurred if funds elect to adopt swing pricing. 

As mentioned above, the operational difficulties associated with swing pricing are not 

uniform among all funds. Certain funds that may have more direct relationships with 

shareholders, instead of being heavily intermediated, and funds that may have more transparency 

into shareholder flows due to different shareholder bases, or affiliate relationships, or more upto-date systems may be more easily able to implement swing pricing. We believe, however, that 

an extended effective date can help ease the overall burden incurred by funds, intermediaries and 

service providers (and ultimately, the burden incurred by investors) by allowing sufficient time 

for the development and implementation of efficient and cost effective industry-wide operational 

solutions.105 Further, we believe that even if only a limited number of funds adopt swing pricing 

immediately following the extended effective date, as funds begin to gain familiarity with the 

process, more funds may choose to adopt it over time.106 In addition, once a few funds have 

adopted swing pricing, it may pave the way for other funds to leverage broader industry solutions 

implemented by intermediaries and service providers in support of swing pricing.107 Finally, we 

are adopting swing pricing as a permissive tool, with no expectation that funds will utilize swing 

 104 See BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter. 

105 See infra at footnotes 212-214 and accompanying text. 

106 See, e.g., ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42, at 6-7 (noting the trend observed in 2011 towards greater 

adoption of swing pricing in the Luxembourg fund industry has continued).

107 We believe that the extended effective date for swing pricing mitigates competitive concerns by allowing 

time for funds that choose to implement swing pricing to confront the operational hurdles of doing so. This 

does not preclude, however, the possibility that certain funds will find it advantageous to wait until swing 

pricing is more widely established in the market before choosing to implement swing pricing.
33

pricing by a certain date. This means that as funds, service providers and intermediaries upgrade 

systems over time, they may re-evaluate their ability to use swing pricing, or build the necessary 

changes into new systems, allowing more funds to use it in the future, even if they do not make 

immediate changes in response to our final rule by the extended effective date. 

Impacts on Current NAV and Performance Volatility 

Several commenters voiced reservations about whether the swung NAV could 

appropriately be viewed as a fund’s current NAV (particularly in light of the use of estimates to 

determine whether the fund has crossed the swing threshold and the swing factor) and may raise 

questions about the accuracy of the fund’s NAV.

108 Although reasonable high-confidence 

estimates may be used to implement swing pricing, we believe the standards and guidance 

provided in this Release for establishing these estimates, as well as processes and procedures that 

funds may implement (including back-testing and adjusting estimates used based on actual or 

final data related to flows and transaction costs associated with subsequent portfolio trades), 

should mitigate concerns regarding the impact of using estimates for swing pricing on current 

NAVs.109 We note that current NAV calculation processes already include subjective judgments 

and estimates, including, for example, fair-value determinations for assets that lack readily 

available market quotations. Additionally, we believe a swung NAV can reflect a more 

appropriate allocation of transaction costs to the redeeming shareholders whose redemptions 

caused these costs for those funds.

 108 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter (“In our view, the provisions of the Swing Pricing Proposal that would 

require funds adopting swing pricing to refer to their adjusted transaction prices as NAV are inconsistent 

with Chair White’s recent statement emphasizing the importance of NAV accuracy.”); see also ETF 

Consultants Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; MFDF Comment Letter.

109 See infra footnote 187 and accompanying paragraph for further discussion on the nature of these estimates. 
34

Commenters also noted concerns that swing pricing could lead to increased performance 

volatility.

110 The swing pricing requirements adopted today under rule 22c-1 aim to minimize 

NAV volatility (and related tracking error) associated with swing pricing to the extent possible. 

Swing pricing could increase the volatility of a fund’s NAV in the short-term because NAV 

adjustments would occur when the fund’s net purchases or net redemptions pass the fund’s swing 

threshold. Thus, the fund’s day-to-day NAV would show greater fluctuation than would be the 

case in the absence of swing pricing. This volatility might increase short-term tracking error 

(i.e., the difference in return based on the swung NAV compared to the fund’s benchmark)111

during the daily period of NAV adjustment, and could make a fund’s short-term performance 

deviate from the fund’s benchmark to a greater degree than if swing pricing had not been used, 

especially if the NAV is swung on the first or last day of a performance measurement period.

112

However, swing pricing may also result in reduced tracking error over time, as benchmarks 

typically do not take into account transaction costs associated with responding to daily 

transactions, and if swing pricing recoups such costs, it may result in a fund that implements 

swing pricing better matching its benchmark on a long-term basis. 

We recognize the desire to balance performance volatility with a fairer allocation of 

transaction costs. We believe that the use of swing pricing above a swing threshold, which we 

are permitting as proposed, may reduce the performance volatility potentially associated with 

 110 See Federated Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter; Voya Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment 

Letter.

111 We note that tracking error created by allocating some liquidity costs to transacting investors is inevitable 

for an open-end fund conducting swing pricing just as it is for any fund whose transactions create liquidity 

costs.

112 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at 196-198. 
35

swing pricing.113 In addition, we are not aware of investors in funds that utilize swing pricing in 

Europe negatively reacting to funds that swing price because of concerns related to performance 

volatility or tracking error.114 Taking these considerations into account, we do not believe that 

potential volatility and tracking error will necessarily make funds conclude that the potential 

concerns about swing pricing outweigh its benefits, and thus we continue to believe that we 

should make this anti-dilution tool available to funds that choose to use it.

Shareholder Fairness Concerns 

A number of commenters suggested that swing pricing could raise shareholder fairness 

concerns, as the proposed swing pricing rules would apply a single adjusted NAV per share to all 

shareholder orders, regardless of order size. These commenters maintained that swing pricing 

could thus penalize certain investors disproportionately or give other investors inappropriate 

“windfalls.”115 As noted in our proposal, we recognize that there are a variety of trade-offs that a 

fund would have to consider in determining to implement swing pricing.116 These concerns, 

however, are partially mitigated by the fact that shareholders could be assured that the threshold 

level(s) of net purchase or net redemption activity (as included in a fund’s swing pricing policies 

and procedures) would consistently trigger the use of swing pricing when applicable. A board is 

subject to duties of loyalty and care in the approval of policies and procedures implementing 

 113 See id., at paragraph accompanying n.447 (discussing partial swing pricing in greater detail). 

114 See supra footnote 88 and accompanying text.

115 See, e.g., CFA Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; Federated Comment Letter. But see

Morningstar Comment Letter (recognizing this concern, but noting that, when an investor sells fund shares 

during a time of heightened market volatility and wider bid-ask spreads for the fund’s underlying holdings, 

selling the fund’s investments to meet redemptions will necessarily result in costs to the fund, and it is 

fairer for those who are selling fund shares to bear these costs than those who remain in the fund).

116 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.450 and preceding and accompanying text (noting, for 

example, that application of a swing factor could cause certain shareholders to experience benefits or costs,

relative to the other shareholders in the fund, that otherwise would not exist).
36

swing pricing, and the fund’s adviser is subject to a fiduciary duty to the fund. We believe that 

such policies, procedures, and controls, as well as board oversight, should help mitigate concerns 

raised by one commenter of potential fraud and abuses by unscrupulous fund managers and 

market timers.117 Moreover, the final rule requires that the swing factor used must be reasonable 

in relationship to the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net 

purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor is used. It also requires that 

the board approve policies and procedures specifying the process for how the swing threshold(s), 

swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit are determined,

118 and that the board review at least 

annually a report reviewing the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and 

the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution.

119 This 

report also must describe the swing pricing administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s 

swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of 

the rule, including the information and data supporting these determinations.

120 In addition,

shareholders will have transparency into a fund’s use of swing pricing because a fund will be 

required to establish and disclose a board-approved upper limit on the swing factor(s) used by 

the fund, which may not be greater than two percent of the fund’s NAV per share.

121 All of these 

changes are designed to enhance the fair treatment of shareholders in any use of swing pricing 

and to prevent any abusive practices.

We also observe that transaction costs of purchasing and redeeming investors are today 

 117 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

118 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(A).

119 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D). 

120 See id.

121 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C) and rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(B). See infra section II.B for further details on disclosure 

and reporting requirements for swing pricing.
37

allocated to all non-transacting investors in a mutual fund, and as a result, long-term investors 

may incur a more substantial burden of such costs than purchasing and redeeming 

shareholders.122 However, partial swing pricing would allow funds to more closely align such 

transactions costs with purchasing and redeeming shareholders, and non-transacting investors 

would not be paying for the trading activity of such shareholders, which, as some commenters 

indicated, enhances shareholder fairness overall.123 Furthermore, we believe that investors who 

purchase shares on a day that a fund adjusts its NAV downward would not create dilution for 

non-redeeming shareholders (even though the purchasing shareholders may be receiving a lower 

price than would be the case if the NAV was not adjusted downward). Under these 

circumstances, shareholders’ purchase activity would provide liquidity to the fund, which could 

reduce the fund’s costs in meeting shareholders’ redemptions requests that day. We also note 

that in circumstances where the flows of purchases and redemptions are fairly balanced, it is 

unlikely that a fund will cross its swing threshold. Thus, purchasing shareholders are only likely 

to receive a NAV that is adjusted downward when the fund experiences substantial outflows. 

After considering the comments received, we believe it is appropriate to apply the swung NAV 

equally to all transacting shareholders in the fund. 

Swing Pricing Transparency and Disclosures 

Several commenters raised concerns regarding investor confusion to the extent that a 

fund’s swing threshold and swing factor are not made transparent.124 We agree that an adequate 

 122 We note that transacting investors on any given day also may remain long-term investors in a fund if they 

have not redeemed their entire position.

123 See GARP Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter. 

124 See, e.g., AFR Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; ETF Consultants Comment Letter; MFDF 

Comment Letter.
38

level of transparency about swing pricing is critical for investors to understand the risks 

associated with investing in a particular fund. However, we do not believe disclosure of a fund’s 

swing threshold or swing factor is required to provide such transparency. As discussed in greater 

detail below, we are adopting, with some changes from the proposal, disclosure and reporting 

requirements regarding swing pricing to assist shareholders in understanding whether a particular 

fund has implemented swing pricing policies and procedures and whether the fund has utilized

swing pricing.125 As part of the disclosure changes, a fund will be required to disclose the fund’s 

swing factor upper limit and include a description of the effects of swing pricing on a fund’s 

performance. 

Other commenters expressed concern that swing pricing could give rise to gaming 

behavior if certain shareholders were to attempt to time their trading activity to avoid (or take 

advantage of) pricing adjustments.126 Requiring a fund to publicly disclose its swing threshold 

could create the potential for shareholder gaming behavior because a fund’s shareholders could 

attempt to time their purchases and redemptions based on the likelihood that a fund would or 

would not adjust its NAV. One commenter suggested, for example, that certain vendors may 

have access to fund flow information through non-fund sources (such as by observing 

intermediary trading behavior) and that market timers may try to use any such information to 

detect patterns in swing pricing by funds, suggesting that those market timers might seek to 

transact on days when there is an advantageous change in the fund’s NAV.127 

 125 See infra section II.B. for further details on disclosure and reporting requirements for swing pricing. See 

also infra section II.A.3.g. for a discussion of swing pricing impacts on financial statement reporting, 

performance reporting and pricing errors.

126 See CFA Comment Letter; Federated Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter.

127 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter. 
39

For a shareholder to effectively game swing pricing, the shareholder would have to know 

the fund’s swing threshold and net flow information on the day that the shareholder was 

purchasing or redeeming and that flow information would have to not materially change after the 

shareholder placed its order. Accordingly, without disclosure of this information, it will be 

difficult for shareholders to determine when the fund’s net purchases or net redemptions exceed 

the swing threshold. After weighing these considerations, we are not requiring a fund to disclose 

its swing threshold or swing factor under the final rule, and we believe that a fund generally 

should not disclose its swing threshold unless it has determined that it is in the best interests of 

the fund to do so. In making this assessment, the fund should consider the nature of the fund’s 

shareholders and whether disclosure of the swing threshold would result in significant

shareholder harm. We note that, to the extent a fund does decide to disclose its swing threshold, 

we believe it would not be appropriate for a fund to disclose it selectively to certain investors 

(e.g., to only disclose the fund’s swing threshold to institutional investors), as we believe this 

could assist certain groups of shareholders in strategically timing purchases and redemptions of 

fund shares, potentially disadvantaging shareholders who do not know the fund’s swing 

threshold.128

With respect to market timing concerns, we note that a fund’s market timing policies and 

procedures should address and seek to resolve such issues for a fund that uses swing pricing. We 

note that funds have a variety of tools to prevent any such market timing should it occur, such as 

redemption fees, purchase blocks, and roundtrip restrictions, which we believe should mitigate 

 128 The Commission has brought enforcement actions against fund managers for selective disclosure. See In 

the Matter of Evergreen Investment Management Company, LLC and Evergreen Investment Services, Inc., 

Investment Company Act Release No. 28759 (June 8, 2009) (settled order) (“Evergreen Order”); In the 

Matter of Alliance Capital Management, L.P., Investment Company Act Release No. 26312 (Dec. 18, 

2003) (settled order).
40

this risk. In addition, investors will not be able to purposefully take advantage of swing pricing 

to obtain a better price without knowledge of contemporaneous intraday flows and a fund’s 

swing thresholds, neither of which funds are required to publicly disclose under the rule.

c. Swing Threshold 

Under the final rule, as under the proposed rule, a fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures must provide that the fund is required to adjust its NAV once the level of net 

purchases or net redemptions from the fund has exceeded a set, specified percentage of the 

fund’s net asset value known as the “swing threshold.”129 A fund must adopt policies and 

procedures that specify the process for how the fund’s swing threshold is determined,

130 and the 

policies and procedures must be approved by the fund’s board of directors.131 In addition, the 

fund board will review a periodic report that describes, among other things, a review and 

assessment of the fund’s swing threshold.132 Finally, the fund board will be required to approve 

the fund’s swing threshold and any changes thereto.

133

In determining whether the fund’s level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded 

the swing threshold, the person(s) responsible for administering the fund’s swing pricing policies 

and procedures will be permitted to make this determination based on receipt of sufficient 

information about the fund shareholders’ daily purchase and redemption activity to allow the 

 129 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A). Under the rule, “swing threshold” is defined as “the amount of net purchases into 

or net redemptions from a fund, expressed as a percentage of the fund’s net asset value, that triggers the 

initiation of swing pricing.” Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(v)(D). 

130 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B).

131 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(A).

132 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D).

133 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(B). 
41

fund to reasonably estimate whether it has crossed the swing threshold with high confidence.134 

This shareholder flow information may be individual, aggregated, or netted orders, may include 

reasonable estimates where necessary, and shall exclude any purchases or redemptions that are 

made in kind and not in cash.135 The fund’s policies and procedures should describe how such 

determinations will be made.136 We are adopting a requirement that, in specifying the process for 

how the swing threshold is determined, a fund consider:

• The size, frequency, and volatility of historical net purchases or net redemptions 

of fund shares during normal and stressed periods;

• The fund’s investment strategy and the liquidity of the fund’s portfolio 

investments;

• The fund’s holdings of cash and cash equivalents, as well as borrowing 

arrangements and other funding sources; and

• The costs associated with transactions in the markets in which the fund 

invests.137

 134 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A).

135 Id. As noted in the Proposing Release, when a fund investor purchases or redeems shares of a fund in kind

as opposed to in cash, this does not necessarily cause the fund to trade any of its portfolio assets. The risk 

of dilution as a result of shareholder purchase and redemption activity, therefore, is lower with respect to 

in-kind purchases and in-kind redemptions, and thus swing pricing would not be permitted unless a fund’s 

net purchases or net redemptions that are made in cash (and not in kind) exceed the fund’s swing threshold. 

See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.439 and accompanying paragraph.

136 See infra footnote 179.

137 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B). 

These factors overlap significantly with factors that we understand are commonly considered by funds that 

use swing pricing in other jurisdictions, in order to determine a fund’s swing threshold. For example, the 

Luxembourg Swing Pricing Survey, Reports & Guidelines provides that factors influencing the 

determination of the swing threshold ordinarily include: (i) fund size; (ii) type and liquidity of securities in 

which the fund invests; (iii) costs (and hence, the dilution impact) associated with the markets in which the 

fund invests; and (iv) investment manager’s investment policy and the extent to which the fund can retain 

cash (or near cash) as opposed to always being fully invested). See ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42, 
42

We requested comment on the process a fund would use to determine its swing threshold, 

including the factors that a fund would be required to consider, and also requested comment on 

whether there were certain procedures that we should require a fund to use when reviewing its 

swing threshold. Commenters on the proposed rule expressed a variety of views regarding the 

factors a fund must consider in specifying the fund’s swing threshold. Some commenters 

indicated that the Commission should be less prescriptive in establishing the factors, arguing that 

not all of the factors are equally applicable to all funds, that requiring funds to consider all these 

factors may lead funds to create overly mechanistic checklists, and that a principles-based 

approach would better allow funds to tailor their swing pricing processes to their unique 

circumstances.138 Other commenters indicated that the rule’s factors as proposed grant 

“excessive” discretion concerning the threshold for swing pricing,139 and expressed concern that 

“fund shareholders will frequently bear swing pricing transaction costs that have little or no 

relation to the actual impact of their transaction on the fund and its continuing shareholders.”140 

One commenter stated that the factors are in line with the commenter’s expectations.141 

We recognize the potential dangers of being overly prescriptive in this area, but believe 

that the factors reflect common areas that a fund would consider in establishing its swing pricing 

process and are consistent with factors that are considered by funds that use swing pricing in 

other jurisdictions.

142 In addition, we note that the rule does not preclude a fund from 

 

at 14.

138 See ICI Comment Letter I; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter.

139 See AFR Comment Letter. 

140 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

141 See HSBC Comment Letter.

142 See supra footnote 137.
43

considering other factors that the fund believes may be relevant.143 Similarly, we recognize the 

potential dangers of providing complete discretion in this area, but note that further constraining 

funds’ decision-making processes in setting the swing threshold may unduly restrict the ability of 

each fund to select an appropriate threshold that best suits the particular needs of the fund. Both 

extremes present a risk that transacting shareholders will bear swing pricing costs via the swing 

factor that are divorced from the fund’s transaction costs. After considering commenters’ 

concerns, therefore, we are adopting the factors related to setting a fund’s swing threshold as 

proposed. 

We continue to believe that evaluating all four factors will assist a fund in determining 

what level of net purchases or net redemptions would generally lead to the trading of portfolio 

assets that would result in material costs to the fund, and thus they are relevant to setting a fund’s 

swing threshold.

144 Two of the factors a fund is required to consider in specifying the fund’s 

swing threshold, relating to a fund’s investment strategy and cash holdings, are similar 

(investment strategy factor) or the same (cash holdings factor) as two of the factors a fund is

 143 In contrast, we have given more limited discretion to funds when setting a fund’s swing factor(s), but are 

not requiring board approval of the fund’s swing factors. See rule 22(c)-1(a)(3)(i)(C) (providing that the 

person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing may take into account only the near-term costs 

expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the 

swing factor(s) is used). Together, these modifications are designed to enhance the fair treatment of 

shareholders in the use of swing pricing and to prevent abusive practices, while also providing funds with 

the ability to tailor a fund’s use of swing pricing after consideration of the swing threshold factors. See 

also AFR Comment Letter (expressing concern regarding the degree of discretion afforded to funds in 

setting both the swing threshold and swing factor). 

144 Assessing the size, frequency, and volatility of historical net purchases and net redemptions of fund shares 

will permit a fund to determine its typical levels of net purchases and net redemptions and the levels the 

fund could expect to encounter during periods of unusual market stress, as well as the frequency with 

which the fund could expect to see periods of unusually high purchases or redemptions. We continue to 

believe that comparing the fund’s historical flow patterns with the fund’s investment strategy, the liquidity 

of the fund’s portfolio holdings, the fund’s holdings of cash and cash equivalents and borrowing 

arrangements and other funding sources, and the costs associated with transactions in the markets in which 

the fund invests will allow a fund to predict what levels of purchases and redemptions would result in 

material costs under a variety of scenarios.
44

required to consider in assessing its liquidity risk under rule 22e-4.

145 Overlap between the 

factors is not surprising, because evaluating a fund’s liquidity risk may be relevant to 

determining the fund’s swing threshold (i.e., determining the appropriate circumstances under 

which the fund should employ swing pricing to combat shareholder dilution).146 Such overlap 

may also lead to efficiencies in both analyses, as funds become more familiar with the interaction 

between the factors, the risk of dilution, and efforts to combat dilution. A third factor (the size, 

frequency, and volatility of historical net purchases or net redemptions of fund shares during 

normal and stressed periods) is a consideration in determining how frequently a fund may expect 

a specified swing threshold to be exceeded.147 The fourth factor, the costs associated with 

transactions in the markets in which the fund invests, is a consideration in determining whether 

costs of responding to shareholder transaction activity are significant enough at a specified 

threshold level that the fund should utilize swing pricing to address their dilutive impact.148

 145 See rule 22e-4(b)(2)(ii)(A) (requiring a fund to consider, in assessing its liquidity risk, the fund’s 

“investment strategy and liquidity of portfolio investments during both normal and reasonably foreseeable 

stressed conditions (including whether the investment strategy is appropriate for an open-end fund, the 

extent to which the strategy involves a relatively concentrated portfolio or large positions in particular 

issuers, and the use of borrowings for investment purposes and derivatives)”; and rule 22e-4(b)(2)(ii)(C) 

(requiring a fund to consider, in assessing its liquidity risk, the fund’s “holdings of cash and cash 

equivalents, as well as borrowing arrangements and other funding sources”). See also Liquidity Risk 

Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8. 

146 See rule 22e-4(a)(11) (defining liquidity risk). We note that, in the Proposing Release, three of the factors a 

fund would have been required to consider in specifying the fund’s swing threshold aligned with factors a 

fund is required to consider in assessing its liquidity risk. The change from three to two overlapping factors 

is due to a change in the liquidity risk assessment factors. See Liquidity Risk Management Programs 

Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.B.2. 

147 This factor is similar to a factor for assessing liquidity risk, however, it has been tailored to be a more 

precise consideration for setting the swing threshold. See id.

148 As discussed in the Proposing Release, a fund may wish to consider, as applicable, market impact costs and 

spread costs that the fund typically incurs when it trades its portfolio assets (or assets with comparable 

characteristics if data concerning a particular portfolio asset is not available to the fund). A fund also may 

wish to consider, as applicable, the transaction fees and charges that the fund typically is required to pay 

when it trades portfolio assets. These could include brokerage commissions and custody fees, as well as 

other charges, fees, and taxes associated with portfolio asset purchases or sales (for example, transfer taxes 

and repatriation costs for certain foreign securities, or transaction fees associated with portfolio investments 

in other investment companies).
45

In order to effectively mitigate possible dilution arising in connection with shareholder 

purchase and redemption activity, a fund’s swing threshold should generally reflect the estimated 

point at which net purchases or net redemptions would trigger the fund’s investment adviser to 

trade portfolio assets in the near term, to a degree or of a type that may generate material 

liquidity or transaction costs for the fund. We believe that a consideration of the factors set forth 

above will promote a fund estimating this threshold point.149

Full Swing Pricing vs. Swing Pricing Above a Threshold

Like the proposal, the final rule does not impose a minimum “floor” for a fund’s swing 

threshold. We believe that different levels of net purchases and net redemptions would create 

different risks of dilution for funds with different strategies, shareholder bases, and other 

liquidity-related characteristics, and thus we do not believe that it would be appropriate to 

determine a single swing threshold floor to apply to all funds that elect to use swing pricing.150

Rather, we believe it is appropriate to constrain the swing threshold through the factors that a 

fund must consider in setting the swing threshold, which are designed to prevent a fund from 

setting a swing threshold that is inappropriate and does not reflect the size and nature of the 

liquidity costs likely to be incurred by the fund. We believe that the consideration of the swing 

threshold factors would lead a fund to set a threshold at a level that would trigger the fund’s 

investment adviser to trade portfolio assets in the near term to a degree or of a type that may 

generate material liquidity or transaction costs for the fund. We further believe that, after 

considering the swing threshold factors, a fund would be unable to set the swing threshold at 

 149 In circumstances where fund purchases and redemptions are fairly balanced, we believe that it is unlikely 

that the purchases or redemptions would trigger the fund’s investment adviser to trade portfolio assets in 

the near term, to a degree or of a type that may generate material liquidity or transaction costs for the fund.

150 We note that, in Europe, there are no across-the-board swing threshold floors applicable to UCITS that use 

swing pricing.
46

zero.

Commenters generally supported the approach taken under the proposal of not setting a

minimum threshold for swing pricing. Some commenters indicated that the Commission should 

permit full swing pricing because a fund may find it more appropriate for its particular 

circumstances151 and would mitigate any potential first-mover advantage inadvertently caused by 

swing pricing.

152 One commenter also suggested that full swing pricing is more transparent and 

easier to understand than partial swing pricing.153 On the other hand, some commenters stated 

that the Commission should permit only partial swing pricing, arguing that the tracking error and 

volatility associated with full swing pricing would outweigh its benefits.154 

On balance, we continue to believe that setting a minimum threshold for all funds would 

not be appropriate, and that funds should be provided the flexibility to implement swing pricing 

at a threshold level that best fits their particular circumstances based on the required factors and 

the guidance set forth herein. We expect that as part of the process of determining whether the 

benefits of implementing swing pricing are justified given the costs, funds will evaluate the 

appropriate threshold level and select a level that is suitable for the fund, considering the 

 151 See Dechert Comment Letter. Full swing pricing is the process of adjusting the fund’s NAV whenever 

there is any level of net purchases or net redemptions, instead of swing pricing above a threshold (i.e., 

partial swing pricing). 

152 See Federated Comment Letter.

153 See HSBC Comment Letter (noting advantages of full swing pricing but also acknowledging benefits of 

partial swing pricing, such as “a lower impact on net asset value volatility, tracking error and fund 

performance.”).

154 See AFR Comment Letter (“We understand that full swing pricing—allowing NAV adjustments anytime 

there are net purchases or redemptions—may increase volatility, tracking errors, and investor 

misperceptions about funds’ performance that could lead to market distortions. Instead, we support the 

proposed partial swing pricing that would allow NAV adjustments only when net purchases or redemptions 

exceed an established threshold. We agree that this approach will result in lower volatility than full swing 

pricing, while still reducing dilution on assets. To that end, we do not support an option allowing funds to 

choose to use full swing pricing.”). See also MFS Comment Letter.
47

required factors. We believe that this approach strikes an appropriate balance between 

competing considerations by allowing tailored choices to be made for each fund but constrained 

by the factors that the fund must consider in setting the threshold. Therefore, we are adopting 

the threshold requirements as proposed. 

Board Approval of Swing Threshold

We are also requiring the fund’s board to approve a fund’s swing threshold as proposed. 

Several commenters opposed the proposed requirement for a fund’s board to approve the fund’s 

swing threshold, stating that the determination of swing thresholds is more appropriately a 

management function.155 One commenter noted that the determination of a fund’s swing 

threshold would likely be a highly technical analysis “that requires intimate familiarity with the 

fund’s daily operations.”156 Additionally, one commenter questioned whether the board should 

be required to approve changes to a fund’s swing threshold(s), arguing that board approval could 

be detrimental to a fund’s ability to respond quickly to changing market conditions.157 One

commenter, on the other hand, supported requiring that a fund’s board, including a majority of 

independent directors, approve the swing threshold as “independent perspectives may more fully 

focus on shareholder interests.”158 Another commenter suggested that the proposed swing 

threshold requirements granted excessive discretion to fund managers notwithstanding the 

proposed board approval requirement.

159 As discussed in more detail below, several commenters 

 155 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment (“Mutual fund boards should not be required to approval all swing 

thresholds.”); Dechert Comment Letter (stating that board approval of the swing threshold “should instead 

be a management function, subject to board oversight”).

156 Dechert Comment Letter.

157 Charles Schwab Comment Letter. 

158 CFA Institute Comment Letter (“We also support the requirements that fund boards approve initial swing 

thresholds and any material changes to it...”).

159 AFR Comment Letter.
48

also supported the idea that a fund’s board should be given visibility into the process by which 

the swing threshold was determined via written reports.160

After considering commenters’ concerns, we believe that board approval of a fund’s 

swing threshold (and any changes thereto) is an important element of board oversight of a fund’s 

swing pricing process. A fund’s swing threshold(s) represents the trigger point at which the 

fund’s NAV will be adjusted and thus the point at which swing pricing begins to affect fund 

shareholders. We believe board review and approval of this determination will help ensure that 

the fund’s swing threshold(s)—and the point at which swing pricing begins to affect 

shareholders in the fund—is in the best interests of fund shareholders. While requiring board 

approval of changes to a fund’s swing threshold may constrain a fund’s ability to immediately or 

frequently change a fund’s swing threshold, we believe that this requirement acts as an important 

check on the discretion afforded to the fund’s swing pricing administrator. Moreover, under the 

final rule, a fund is permitted to set multiple swing threshold(s), which we believe may allow a 

fund to prepare for some changes in market conditions. 

As described further below, we are also requiring that the board be provided with a 

written report from the fund’s swing pricing administrator that describes, among other things, the 

administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), including information 

and data supporting this determination.161 We believe that the information provided in this report 

will help the board in overseeing this important element of the fund’s swing pricing process, 

thereby addressing the concern some commenters expressed that the board may not have the 

necessary information or expertise to approve the swing threshold (and changes to the 

 160 See infra footnote 276 and accompanying text. 

161 See infra section II.A.3.f.
49

threshold).

162 At the same time, we believe that requiring board approval of a fund’s swing 

threshold (and any changes to the threshold), combined with the board review requirement, 

serves to address concerns about granting excessive discretion to the swing pricing administrator. 

Application of Swing Pricing to Purchases and Redemptions

Under the proposal, a fund that adopted swing pricing policies and procedures would 

have been required to adjust the fund’s NAV whenever net redemptions or net subscriptions

exceeded the swing threshold. In other words, a fund could not apply swing pricing only when it 

received net redemptions beyond the threshold. The proposal solicited comment on whether a 

fund should be permitted to apply swing pricing only when the fund’s level of net redemptions 

exceeds the swing threshold. Commenters requested that the Commission permit funds the 

flexibility to adjust their NAV only when net redemptions (as opposed to both net subscriptions 

or net redemptions) exceed the swing threshold,

163 and permit a fund to set different swing 

thresholds for net redemptions versus net subscriptions.164 Commenters argued that this 

additional flexibility was important because the dilution risks associated with net redemptions 

may be significantly different from the risks associated with net subscriptions, as funds may be 

able to manage inflows more effectively over time without as much cost.165 For this reason, they 

 162 See id. 

163 See Dechert Comment Letter (“[A] fund should be permitted to apply swing pricing to net redemptions

only, as opposed to applying it equally to net redemptions and net purchases, which would be the case 

under the proposed rule amendments.”) (emphasis in original). 

164 See BlackRock Comment Letter (“[T]he Commission should clarify that funds are permitted to create an 

‘asymmetric’ swing threshold where the threshold for inflows is different than the threshold for outflows.”) 

(internal citation omitted).

165 Unlike the requirement that funds meet redemptions within 7 days, there is no requirement for funds to 

immediately invest cash inflows. See ICI Comment Letter I (“[R]eceipt of new cash in a portfolio may not 

be as disruptive or problematic as large net redemptions.”); Dechert Comment Letter (noting that there may 

be more significant issues regarding potential dilution for non-redeeming shareholders in connection with 

shareholder redemptions).
50

argued that funds may wish to only use swing pricing for net redemptions, and not subscriptions, 

or set differing thresholds for subscriptions versus redemptions. 

While we agree with commenters that the impact of subscriptions may be different from 

that of redemptions and that funds have other tools to manage inflows over time,

166 the final rule 

continues to require a fund to adjust its NAV whenever net purchases or net redemptions exceed

the swing threshold. Both purchases and redemptions may cause shareholder dilution in certain 

circumstances. Accordingly, we believe swing pricing will be a useful tool in mitigating 

shareholder dilution associated with shareholder purchase activity as well as shareholder 

redemption activity. 

Multiple Swing Thresholds

In response to a comment request in the Proposing Release, a number of commenters 

suggested that we should permit a fund to set multiple escalating swing thresholds (wherein each 

threshold could be associated with a different swing factor) instead of only a single threshold.

167 

Commenters argued that permitting multiple thresholds may allow funds to more effectively 

mitigate shareholder dilution, because the costs of managing shareholder activity may increase as 

redemptions increase, and would allow swing pricing to more precisely reflect different levels of 

costs associated with different levels of shareholder activity.168 

 166 We note that a fund is not obligated to accept subscriptions, and so thus may be able to better manage 

dilution due to purchases. 

167 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I (“[F]unds may wish to apply more than one threshold to net redemptions 

(or purchases), and apply different swing factors depending on which threshold the net redemption (or 

purchases) exceeds. This could enhance the precision of a swing pricing methodology, allowing a fund to 

make larger downward adjustments to its NAV when it experiences larger net outflows.”) (internal citation 

omitted).

168 See BlackRock Comment Letter (“Funds should also be permitted to set multiple swing threshold levels for 

a given fund, where each threshold could be associated with different swing factors. Such a sliding swing 

threshold would allow partial swing pricing to more precisely reflect different levels of costs associated 

with the disposition (purchase) of securities for different trade sizes.”) (internal citation omitted).
51

We agree that permitting such multiple thresholds may allow funds to more precisely 

target the costs of managing shareholder activity and better mitigate shareholder dilution effects 

of such transactions. Accordingly, the final rule permits (but does not require) a fund to set 

multiple escalating swing thresholds, each associated with a different swing factor.169 Whichever 

threshold is triggered on a given day would then determine the single swing factor that would be 

used to adjust the fund’s NAV on that day. If a fund has more than one threshold, each should 

be established using the same factors discussed above, and if it has multiple swing factors, each 

should be set taking into account the same considerations discussed in section II.A.2.e. below. 

Review Requirement

The proposed rule would have required a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures to 

provide for a periodic review, no less frequently than annually, of the fund’s swing threshold.

Beyond specifying certain factors that a fund would be required to consider in reviewing its 

swing threshold, the proposed rule did not include prescribed review procedures, nor did it

specify the changes in a fund’s circumstances over the course of the review period that a fund

must consider as part of its review. One commenter suggested that the final rule make clear that 

the required review should be similar in nature to the review that led to the determination of a 

fund’s swing threshold in the first place.170 Another commenter suggested that the proposal 

provided little guidance to fund sponsors and boards in how to balance conflicting interests of 

shareholders in setting appropriate swing thresholds.171 As discussed in more detail below, 

several commenters also supported the idea that a fund’s board should be given visibility into the 

 169 As discussed in more detail below, however, a fund’s swing factor(s) may not exceed two percent of NAV 

per share. See infra section II.A.3.e.

170 See Comment Letter of the Federal Regulation of Securities Committee of the Section of Business Law of 

the American Bar Association (Feb. 11, 2016).

171 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter. 
52

process by which the swing threshold was determined via written reports.172

We agree that the review requirement should be more robust, and instead of requiring a 

fund to periodically review the fund’s swing threshold, we have adopted in the final rule a 

requirement that the fund’s board of directors, must review, no less frequently than annually, a 

written report prepared by the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing for a fund 

that describes, among other things: (i) the swing pricing administrator’s review of the adequacy

of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness of their

implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution; and (ii) its review and assessment

of the swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the 

requirements in rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B) and (C), including the information and data supporting 

these determinations.

173 We are also requiring, as proposed, that the fund board approve the 

fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, which must specify the process for how the fund’s 

swing threshold is determined.174 Finally, as discussed above, we are requiring that the fund 

board approve any changes to the fund’s swing threshold as proposed. We believe that the 

written report requirement, which specifies certain information that must be provided to the 

board, provides additional guidance regarding the information that may be useful in assessing the 

fund’s swing threshold. 

A fund may consider whether to review and assess its swing threshold more frequently 

than annually (e.g., semi-annually or monthly), and/or specify any circumstances that would 

prompt ad hoc review of the fund’s swing threshold in addition to the periodic review required 

 172 See infra footnote 276 and accompanying text. 

173 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D). See also infra section II.A.3.f. (discussing the board review requirements). 

174 See infra section II.A.3.f.
53

by the rule (as well as the process for conducting any ad-hoc reviews). We believe that funds

should generally consider evaluating both market-wide and fund-specific developments affecting 

each of the rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B) factors in developing comprehensive procedures for reviewing 

a fund’s swing threshold.

Swing Threshold Considerations for Multiple Share Classes

The net purchase or net redemption activity of all share classes of a fund with multiple 

share classes is part of the determination of whether a fund has crossed its swing threshold. If a 

fund were to only include the transaction activity of a single share class, and were to swing one 

share class and not another, this would have the effect of having one share class pay transaction 

expenses incurred in the management of the fund’s portfolio as a whole, expenses that are borne 

by all share classes and thus would generally be inconsistent with rule 18f-3.175 Accordingly, a 

fund with multiple share classes may not selectively swing the NAV of certain share classes but 

not others. 176 Like a fund with only one share class, the purchase or redemption activity of 

certain shareholders (or a class of shareholders) within a multi-share-class fund could dilute the 

value of all shareholders’ interests in the fund.177 Further, because the economic activity causing 

dilution occurs at the fund level, it would not be appropriate to employ swing pricing at the share 

class level to target such dilution. We also note that because all share classes must utilize the 

same swing factor and ETFs cannot utilize swing pricing, funds structured to include ETFs as a 

 175 See rule 18f-3(a)(1)(ii) (stating that allocation of expenses related to the management of a fund’s assets 

may not differ among a fund’s share classes).

176 One commenter indicated that “swing pricing can be used successfully by the conventional share classes of 

a fund that also operates an ETF as a share class.” See Vanguard Comment Letter. Because of the 

aforementioned 18f-3 concerns and the inability of ETFs to utilize swing pricing, we disagree. A swing 

pricing adjustment applied to certain share classes of a fund, but not applied to the ETF share class of that 

fund, would impermissibly allocate expenses related to the management of the fund’s assets.

177 See ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42, at 4 (“If swing pricing is applied, all share classes of a fund 

swing in the same direction (and typically by the same basis point amount), as dilution occurs at the fund 

level rather than at the share class level.”).
54

share class would not be able to utilize swing pricing.178 

d. Investor Flow Information 

Critically important to the adoption of swing pricing is a fund’s ability to obtain sufficient 

information about purchase and redemption activity that took place prior to striking the fund’s 

NAV on a particular day in order to reasonably estimate whether it has crossed the swing 

threshold with high confidence, to determine whether swing pricing should be in effect that day. 

If the fund’s applicable swing factor varies depending on the level of its net investor flows, 

sufficient investor flow information is also needed to determine the applicable swing factor that 

the fund will use to adjust its NAV. A fund using swing pricing will need to obtain reasonable 

estimates of investor flows daily, or the aggregate flows of money being invested in and 

redeemed out of the fund, for purposes of reasonably estimating with high confidence whether 

the fund’s net purchases or net redemptions have crossed the swing threshold, thus resulting in

an NAV adjustment under its swing pricing policies and procedures.179

We understand that the deadline by which a fund must strike its NAV may precede the 

time that a fund (or its pricing agent) receives final information concerning daily net investor 

transaction flows from the fund’s transfer agent. As a result, funds engaging in swing pricing 

will likely need to develop processes and procedures to gather sufficient investor flow 

information from transfer agents that include transactions being conducted by intermediaries on 

 178 See section 18 of the Act.

179 We have previously stated that a fund should adopt compliance policies and procedures that provide for 

monitoring shareholder trades or flows of money in and out of the fund for purposes of detecting market 

timing activity. See Compliance Programs of Investment Companies and Investment Advisers, Investment 

Company Act Release No. 26299 (Dec. 17, 2003) [68 FR 74714 (Dec. 24, 2003)] (“Rule 38a-1 Adopting 

Release”), at nn.66-69 and accompanying text. We also note the requirement that funds have shareholder 

information agreements under rule 22c-2 that require financial intermediaries to provide certain shareholder 

transaction data to funds upon their request, which may be helpful in estimating flows in some respects. 

See rule 22c-2. 
55

behalf of fund investors.180 This information could include actual transaction orders received by 

the transfer agent, as well as estimates of investor flows, which funds can use to reasonably 

estimate its aggregate daily net investor flows for swing pricing purposes.181

Reasonable Estimates

Several commenters asked for additional guidance regarding a fund’s use of estimates in 

determining its net flows in order to determine whether a fund has crossed its swing threshold.182 

We acknowledge that full information about shareholder flows is not likely to be available to 

funds by the time such funds need to make the decision as to whether the swing threshold has 

been crossed, 183 but we do not believe that complete information is necessary to make a 

reasonable high confidence estimate.184 Instead, a fund may determine its shareholder flows have 

 180 As indicated in the proposal, a fund may wish to implement formal or informal policies and procedures 

regarding the timely receipt of shareholder flow information, and to establish effective communication 

between the persons charged with implementing the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, the 

fund’s investment professionals, personnel charged with the calculating the fund’s daily NAV, and the 

fund’s transfer agent. See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.F.2.a. 

181 Under the current system, redemption and subscription orders from shareholders are typically accepted by

funds and their intermediaries on any given trading day up until 4 p.m. Eastern time. Intermediaries 

typically begin processing, aggregating and submitting transaction orders to fund transfer agents (where 

transactions are not NAV dependent) in the late afternoon. Funds generally publish their NAVs between 6 

and 8 p.m. Eastern time (“ET”). Following the publication and delivery of such NAVs, both intermediaries 

and fund transfer agents complete their transaction processing and conduct their nightly processing cycles, 

which update applicable recordkeeping systems for the day’s activities. See rule 2a-4 (allowing the 

adjustment in outstanding fund shares as a result of purchase and redemption activity to be reflected on 

T+1).

182 See BlackRock Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I (noting that swing pricing in the U.S. will likely 

involve the use of estimates with respect to current day net flows (as well as when determining factors) and 

that the Commission should further clarify that it is comfortable with fund managers and their 

administrators using such estimates in a disciplined and documented manner when employing swing 

pricing). Similarly, another commenter asked the Commission to clarify that there is an element of 

estimation in evaluating whether a fund has crossed its threshold, inherent in the proposed reasonable 

inquiry standard. See SIFMA Comment Letter II.

183 The deadline by which a fund must strike its NAV may precede the time that a fund receives final 

information concerning daily net flows from the fund’s transfer agent or principal underwriter. 

184 A fund should not employ swing pricing if the fund is unable to obtain sufficient information about the 

fund shareholders’ daily purchase and redemption activity on the relevant date at the time it calculates the 

fund’s NAV. See supra section II.A.3.c. We understand that many funds in Europe that use swing pricing 

may typically receive as much as 90% of net purchase/redemption data prior to deciding whether to adjust 
56

crossed the swing threshold based on receipt of sufficient information about the fund 

shareholders’ daily purchase and redemption transaction activity to allow the fund to reasonably 

estimate, with high confidence, whether it has crossed the swing threshold. The shareholder 

flow information used by funds may be individual, aggregated or netted orders and may include 

reasonable estimates where necessary185 (made by funds and their intermediaries) and should 

exclude any purchases or redemptions that are made in kind and not in cash.186 

As discussed below, we recognize in some cases, it may not currently be feasible for 

certain intermediaries to provide their actual orders (even in an aggregated or netted format) 

promptly enough for the fund to conduct swing pricing. However, we understand that a fund’s 

reasonably estimated shareholder flows could include estimates for certain intermediary flows 

that are based on actual transaction orders received from investors prior to the fund’s cut-off 

time, which would subsequently be submitted by intermediaries to the fund’s principal 

underwriter and/or transfer agent for processing after receipt of the fund’s final NAV. For 

example, in the European fund sector, swing pricing is feasible operationally as “actual” trade 

flows based on estimated prices (typically the prior day’s NAV) and orders occurring on the 

trade date are available on a timely basis. Trading platforms collect all of that day’s activity and 

supply it to the fund’s transfer agent. An estimated fund price is then applied to generate 

 

the fund’s NAV by a swing factor.

185 We understand that most intermediaries submit aggregated and/or netted transactions orders to funds. Such 

orders represent the transactions of underlying investors whose shares are held in omnibus accounts 

registered in the name of intermediaries (such as a broker-dealer, retirement plan record keeper, bank or 

trust) for the benefit of such shareholders on transfer agent recordkeeping systems for each share class in a 

fund. Intermediaries typically aggregate their individual customer daily transaction orders and also may net 

the total purchase and redemption orders, which are periodically transmitted for processing to fund transfer 

agents. See Investment Company Institute, Navigating Intermediary Relationships, (2009), at nn.3, 6-7, 

available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/ppr_09_nav_relationships.pdf.

186 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A).
57

estimated trade values for that trading day. We also note that where transaction orders are NAV 

dependent, the application of estimated fund prices (such as the prior day’s NAV) to the current 

day’s orders to derive estimated shareholder flow information could be conducted by 

intermediaries or fund transfer agents.187 Additionally, a fund may require different levels or 

types of information from each of its intermediaries depending on a variety of factors.188 

Funds should consider utilizing policies and procedures to make the necessary 

estimates.189 Such policies and procedures could describe the process by which the fund obtains 

shareholder flow information (including flows obtained from intermediaries), as well as the 

amount and kind of transaction data that the fund believes necessary to obtain before making its 

estimate of total net flows in order to determine whether the swing threshold has been exceeded, 

and applying swing pricing that day.190 Funds (and their intermediaries) may also wish to 

consider regular back-tests of their daily estimated net flows used in determining whether a 

swing threshold has been crossed based on complete or final data obtained later, and then update 

 187 See GARP Comment Letter.

188 Such factors might include the size of flows that ordinarily come through a particular intermediary, the 

nature of such orders (i.e., subscriptions, redemptions, exchange transactions), or certain characteristics or 

additional information about the redeeming or purchasing shareholders and intermediaries conducting 

transaction processing (e.g., large trade notifications). A fund may also choose to request flow data only 

from certain of its intermediaries if it determines that it can make a high confidence determination to swing 

its price with flow information provided by only a subset of its intermediaries (for example, if there are 

intermediaries that typically only conduct a very small volume of transaction activity with the fund).

189 One commenter requested that we “recognize that certain components of the swing pricing process will be 

based on estimates” and suggested that we “provide a safe harbor from liability for differences between 

estimates and what is observed ex-post if swing pricing procedures are followed properly.” BlackRock

Comment Letter. We decline to provide such a safe harbor given the facts and circumstances nature of this 

determination.

190 As discussed in section II.A.3.g. below, if a fund, pursuant to reasonably designed policies and procedures, 

determined with reasonable high confidence that it should apply swing pricing based on estimated 

information obtained after reasonable inquiry, the fund would not need to treat the application of swing 

pricing as a pricing error if it turned out, after the fact based on final data, that the swing threshold had not 

been crossed; similarly, the fund would not need to treat the failure to apply swing pricing as a pricing error 

if it turned out, after the fact based on final data, that the swing threshold had been crossed.
58

their estimation process over time based on the results of such back-tests. A fund may wish to 

consider whether having a process to back-test data, which would allow a fund to review whether 

the fund is appropriately considering and weighing the factors and, over time, may potentially 

improve the accuracy of the fund’s estimation process. Back-testing data is a commonly utilized

practice in the fund industry (and other industries) to continuously improve the quality of 

processes involving subjective judgments or estimates, and its use has been discussed in the 

context of swing pricing in Europe.191

We recognize that funds may take different approaches in determining whether they have 

sufficient flow data to make a reasonable high confidence estimate,192 and that the completeness 

of data (such as the percentage of actual versus estimated net flow data), as well as the nature 

and types of estimates used may vary based on the particular circumstances of the fund. For 

example, a fund whose redemption levels have been very consistent in the past, and that has a 

large direct shareholder base that is made up of primarily small retail positions, may be better 

positioned to make a high confidence estimate of flows with less effort, than a fund that is 

primarily distributed through intermediaries, who has experienced volatile purchases and 

redemptions and has a mix of distribution partners and institutional and retail shareholders. 

Because many funds are primarily distributed through intermediaries, they will need to obtain 

sufficient information about shareholder flows (whether actual orders or estimated flows) in a 

timely manner to reasonably estimate with high confidence whether a fund should use swing 

pricing on a given day. 

 191 See, e.g., ALFI Swing Pricing Guidelines 2015, supra footnote 88 (discussing the value of back-testing).

192 See infra footnote 205.
59

Operational Issues 

Many commenters on the swing pricing proposal discussed the operational difficulties 

that exist today for funds in obtaining timely enough information from intermediaries about 

shareholder flow data to determine whether or not a swing threshold has been crossed.193 These

commenters discussed operational challenges to implementing swing pricing in the United States

as compared to Europe, where many funds have successfully implemented swing pricing.

194 

Commenters noted that omnibus account structures and existing processing arrangements with 

intermediaries limit the ability of many funds to receive sufficient flow information prior to the 

time that the fund’s NAV must be calculated, thus impeding the use of swing pricing as an antidilution tool currently in the U.S.195 These commenters also highlighted that certain 

intermediaries (e.g., retirement plan record keepers and insurance companies) typically require 

the receipt of actual fund prices (NAVs) to initiate the processing of fund trades, thus posing 

difficulties in getting final actual orders from these distribution channels to funds before the 

NAV has been struck.196 Some commenters expressed concerns regarding funds’ ability to 

 193 See, e.g., CRMC Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; GARP Comment 

Letter.

194 See CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter.

195 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Financial Services Roundtable (Jan. 13, 2016) 

(“FSR Comment Letter”); J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II. Commenters also 

stated that the fund’s agent (either the transfer agent or intermediaries authorized to distribute or transact 

fund shares) will take orders from shareholders for execution; typically until the fund’s cut-off time (which 

is 4 p.m. ET for most U.S. funds). Thus, a large amount of flow information from intermediaries is 

currently provided to some funds after the close of business in the later evening hours, or the next business 

day after the investor transaction occurs (typically early morning on T+1), which is generally after a fund 

strikes its NAV. Id. 

196 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; LPL Comment Letter; 

Charles Schwab Comment Letter; Comment Letter of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (Jan. 13, 

2016) (“Wells Fargo Comment Letter”). Commenters also pointed to the constraints of older (legacy) 

technology systems used by some service providers, which limit the ability of these intermediaries to 

deliver fund flow information prior to the time a fund strikes its NAV. See Dechert Comment Letter; 

Federated Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II. According to these 

commenters, these older systems batch process daily transactions received from fund investors throughout 
60

obtain estimated shareholder flow information if requested from intermediaries.197 Several 

commenters also suggested that large fund complexes with more influence over their distribution 

partners could be more successful than small complexes in obtaining such information.198 In 

addition, funds also expressed concerns that intermediaries may choose not to offer funds that 

choose to implement swing pricing, due to the increased processing and technology burdens that 

swing pricing would impose on intermediaries, a consideration that funds will evaluate as they 

determine whether to adopt swing pricing. Several commenters stated that, although swing 

pricing is used relatively widely in European jurisdictions, certain differences between U.S. and 

European fund operations make swing pricing easier to implement in Europe than in the U.S.199

Some commenters provided specific ideas about initiatives the Commission could pursue

to mitigate operational challenges and help facilitate implementation of swing pricing for funds 

and investors. For example, they stated that the Commission could require (or encourage) 

intermediaries to provide shareholder flow estimates prior to the deadline by which a fund must 

 the evening, versus newer real-time or continuous and automatic systems that process and submit 

transactions to fund transfer agents throughout the day.

197 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; Comment Letter of T. Rowe Price (Jan. 13, 2016) (“T. Rowe Comment 

Letter”) (expressing concerns regarding (i) funds’ need to rely on estimated flows from intermediaries, (ii) 

the costs and burdens to provide sufficient estimated flows to allow a fund to accurately determine whether 

a swing threshold has been exceeded, and (iii) the potential for NAV errors). These issues are discussed 

throughout this section. As discussed below, commenters also encouraged the Commission to consider 

what changes to the regulatory framework are necessary to require intermediaries to provide accurate 

estimates of shareholder flows prior to funds striking their NAVs so that swing pricing can be an effective 

tool to mitigate potential dilution for shareholders. 

198 See CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; Comment Letter of 

Independent Directors Council (Jan. 13, 2016) (“IDC Comment Letter”).

199 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; ICI 

Comment Letter I. In particular, commenters maintained that European funds are better able to receive 

timely flow information than U.S. funds because there are multiple or earlier trading cut-off times in 

Europe and that there is greater use of currency-based orders in Europe, which contributes to confidence in 

the accuracy of fund flows. 
61

strike its NAV.

200 Some commenters stated that the Commission also could require (or 

encourage) funds and intermediaries to implement earlier cut-off times to buy and sell fund 

shares, but many acknowledged the downsides associated with this option, including limiting 

investors’ ability to transact in funds up until the close of the U.S. equity markets.

201 One 

commenter representing a group of asset management risk professionals suggested a detailed 

roadmap to altering current fund and intermediary processes that they suggested may represent a 

feasible approach to implementing swing pricing in the U.S.202 Many commenters suggested that 

the Commission should address the operational challenges to swing pricing before it is 

implemented in the U.S and suggested delaying the effective date and/or implementation date of 

such new rules to allow the industry to work together to make the necessary changes to their 

infrastructure to resolve these concerns.203

The Commission acknowledges the operational challenges noted by commenters that will 

need to be addressed by industry participants. Because of these concerns, we believe the 

adoption of swing pricing in the U.S. as a new (optional) anti-dilution tool will likely require

considerable lead time for many funds that will need to coordinate and implement the necessary 

 200 See CRMC Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter; T. Rowe Comment Letter.

201 See GARP Comment Letter; PIMCO Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; SIFMA 

Comment Letter II. Some commenters noted that funds could be put at a competitive disadvantage to other 

types of investment products (e.g., hedge funds and collective trusts) that continue to accept trades 

throughout the day, and others stressed the fact that there is a long history in the U.S. mutual fund market 

of providing investors with flexibility to submit redemption and subscription requests until 4 p.m. ET. See, 

e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; GARP Comment Letter; Wells Fargo Comment Letter.

202 See GARP Comment Letter. This roadmap involved action by funds and intermediaries to solve swing 

pricing operational issues by: 1) maintaining the dealing (intermediary and transfer agent) cut-off time for 

fund redemptions and subscriptions at 4 p.m. ET, as is current market practice; 2) requiring funds’ NAV 

publication time to be shifted from 6 p.m. ET to 8 p.m. ET; 3) requiring providers of fund flows to provide 

“estimated” trading flows occurring each day by 6 p.m. ET, which would be used to determine whether to 

adjust the fund’s NAV per share and calculate the adjusted NAV. Id. 

203 See, e.g., Blackrock Comment Letter; Dodge & Cox Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter I; Vanguard 

Comment Letter.
62

operational changes with intermediaries and service providers in order to effectively conduct

swing pricing for new or existing funds. Additionally, as noted by commenters, we understand 

that certain funds, intermediaries and service providers may incur substantial costs in doing so.204 

We recognize that U.S. fund complexes differ widely in terms of their size, the types of 

funds they offer, the types of investors they serve (e.g., retail and/or institutional), and their 

distribution models. Thus, we anticipate that there may be certain funds that could make the 

necessary adjustments and prepare to implement swing pricing sooner than other funds, because 

they have or may be able to more easily obtain sufficient net flow information. For example, we 

understand that certain funds with investors that primarily transact directly with the fund’s 

principal underwriter or transfer agent, or that are primarily distributed through affiliates or 

broker-dealers (that could potentially provide timely flow data),205 and/or do not have a 

substantial number of investors transacting in retirement plans or insurance products could more 

easily obtain sufficient net flow information. In addition, larger fund complexes with the ability 

to more easily get net flow information from their intermediaries, including those that have 

established large trade notification processes,206 may have the leverage to negotiate operational 

 204 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I (“Building and maintaining additional systems would be quite costly, and 

even assuming that intermediaries at large would rework their systems to support swing pricing, they can 

be expected to seek the substantial costs of doing so from funds.”); see infra section III discussing the 

potential costs and benefits. See also discussion throughout this section regarding funds’ deliberative 

process in determining whether the costs and drawbacks of implementing swing pricing, including 

managing such operational challenges and any cost sharing requested by intermediaries, are justified by the 

anti-dilution and other benefits that may result as a consequence of implementing swing pricing. 

205 We understand through staff outreach, and based on the time transaction order volumes are received and 

processed through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), that many broker-dealer firms 

would have the ability to submit most of their actual transaction orders within a relatively short timeframe 

after the fund’s order cut-off time (typically 4 p.m. ET). See Division of Investment Management,

Memorandum re: Meeting with Representatives of SIFMA (June 13, 2016) available at

https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-16-15/s71615-152.pdf. 

206 It is our understanding that today many [larger] fund complexes require their intermediaries to provide 

advance notification of “large trades” (e.g., such as for asset allocation or wrap product rebalancing 

transactions) several days in advance of such trades so funds may anticipate and plan for sizable 
63

solutions and the resources to implement swing pricing sooner for certain funds, which may 

result in inefficient one-off solutions rather than coordinated industry-wide operational solutions 

that may reduce costs for investors overall.207 

We understand that in order to implement swing pricing in an efficient manner, many 

funds will need time to develop the infrastructure needed to obtain shareholder flow information 

for investors transacting through intermediaries (including banks, broker-dealers, retirement plan 

administrators, or insurance companies or platforms), whose shares are held in omnibus accounts 

registered in the name of such intermediaries on fund transfer agent recordkeeping systems.208 

We also recognize that because intermediaries allow customer trades to take place up until the 4 

p.m. cut-off time, and because of the limitations of many current systems,

209 many fund transfer 

agents do not currently have sufficient information to reasonably estimate net shareholder flow 

activity for funds without changes to current processes and systems to facilitate timely receipt of 

 

redemptions and so the shareholder can avoid receiving a redemption in kind. We further understand that 

such large trade notification processes between funds and intermediaries are voluntary or may be specified 

in agreements. The industry is seeking to automate and standardized these communications, which are 

non-standard (often faxed) communications. See BNY Mellon Automates Process for Brokers-Dealers to 

Notify Mutual Fund Complexes of Upcoming Large Trades, PR Newswire (Oct. 13, 2015), available at 

http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/bny-mellon-automates-process-for-broker-dealers-to-notifymutual-fund-complexes-of-upcoming-large-trades-300158615.html. Such large trade notification 

requirements are generally disclosed in a fund’s statement of additional information pursuant to Item 23. 

207 We understand that such funds likely would negotiate receipt of actual orders or make arrangements to 

receive estimated shareholder flow information from intermediaries (for investor orders received by 

intermediaries in accordance with the funds’ applicable end-of-day cut-off times) prior to the striking of the 

funds’ NAVs.

208 See, e.g., GARP Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; SIFMA 

Comment Letter II.

209 See, e.g., Dechert Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter. We understand that the industry primarily 

utilizes batch processing to execute shareholder transaction orders received by intermediaries with funds or 

their transfer agents though the NSCC’s Wealth Management Services platform. Such fund orders are 

typically transmitted (grouped together and processed) through one of many NSCC “batch” order cycles 

throughout the day and evening. Batch processing systems are also used by funds, intermediaries and 

service providers for processing and keeping records of shareholder details, including number of shares, on 

transfer agency, sub-transfer agency and intermediary recordkeeping systems.
64

such information to conduct swing pricing.

210 

As noted above, we recognize that because the fund industry is diverse, it may take 

longer for certain funds to implement swing pricing than others. We also acknowledge that 

funds, intermediaries, and service providers use complex, integrated systems and technology, 

which supports the daily processing of shareholder transactions. We expect that implementing 

swing pricing will lead to process and systems changes to accommodate the additional 

processing that will be needed to support the provision of estimated shareholder flows to funds 

where necessary, and that such improvements may require additional capital investments to 

permit the implementation of swing pricing for funds that may choose to use it.

211 Importantly, 

we believe that an extended effective date, as discussed below, will allow most funds that may 

wish to implement swing pricing to work together with intermediaries and service providers in 

implementing efficient, cost effective, solutions to the operational challenges swing pricing 

presents that will assist in reducing overall costs and operational risks for industry participants, 

including funds and their investors. 

Extended Effective Date

As discussed above, a number of commenters requested that we provide a delayed 

 210 In Europe earlier trade cut-off times have evolved and fund transaction orders must be received by the fund 

administrator/transfer agent by the earlier cut-off time. This factor eases the burdens of estimating net 

flows for European funds that swing price. See ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42, at 7 (“In terms of 

the operational process for partial swing, nine promoters stated that their decision to swing the NAV was 

based on estimated shareholder activity. Three promoters were able to rely on final shareholder activity. 

An organization’s ability to rely on confirmed activity depended to a large extent on the cut off times of the 

transfer agent in relation to the valuation point of the fund.”); see also e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; 

GARP Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I.

211 However, we note that the provision of such data likely would be facilitated through the industry fund 

transaction processing utility (the NSCC), and that once shareholder flow enhancements are established, 

any new NSCC capabilities, as well as those of service providers supporting funds’ (and their 

intermediaries’) swing pricing processes could be used by other funds that may be interested in 

implementing swing pricing. 
65

effective date of two years for implementation of swing pricing, to allow the industry to address 

the necessary changes to operations and systems and, as a consequence, help alleviate 

competitive concerns by allowing all funds time to become familiar with swing pricing.212 These 

commenters explained that, with a delayed effective date, all funds would have the opportunity 

to develop swing pricing capabilities in an orderly manner, and it would provide time for 

efficient operational solutions to be developed to help mitigate the challenges of implementing 

swing pricing. 

We acknowledge that, if swing pricing were to be effective immediately, a limited 

number of funds might have the ability (e.g., based on level of resources and leverage with 

intermediaries) to implement swing pricing sooner than others, and that as a result potential 

benefits could be provided to long-term investors in such funds. However, as noted above, most 

commenters requested a two-year extended effective date to coordinate the implementation of

industry-wide operational changes to conduct swing pricing, which would provide time for 

funds, service providers and the NSCC to develop and implement standardized processing 

solutions that could be leveraged more broadly by the industry. This would be in contrast to 

certain funds proceeding immediately with one-off solutions to receive shareholder flow 

information directly from intermediaries, which could be a more costly, less efficient and less 

secure processing solution over the long-term. We believe that the benefits to investors that 

likely would result from a coordinated industry effort, as suggested by commenters,213 including 

 212 See, e.g., Invesco Comment Letter; BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment letter (each suggesting a 

delayed effective date of two years); see also SIFMA Comment Letter I; T. Rowe Comment Letter (each 

requesting a delayed effective date and noting that “some fund managers already have extensive experience 

with swing pricing, while other fund managers will be approaching swing pricing for the first time and, 

hence, be at a disadvantage”).

213 See BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter (each recommending that “the Commission set 

the effective date of the swing pricing provisions to at least two years after the final rule is adopted” 
66

the mitigation of operational risks associated with non-standardized processing and the 

promotion of more reliable and secure transmission of standardized data in an efficient and costeffective manner, would likely outweigh short-term benefits that could be provided to a limited 

number of investors if we did not implement an extended effective date. 

As discussed above and in section II.C. below, we agree with these commenters and 

believe it is appropriate to adopt an extended effective date for swing pricing. We expect that the 

extended effective date will allow funds, intermediaries and service providers to work towards 

orderly, efficient, industry-wide solutions to the operational challenges swing pricing presents,214

mitigating the costs of such solutions to funds and their investors as compared to the 

development (and possible eventual reconciliation) of numerous, disparate solutions to swing 

pricing’s operational challenges that might be implemented, if swing pricing were to be effective 

immediately, by a small number of funds potentially seeking to be among the first to engage in 

swing pricing. We are persuaded by commenters that two years should provide sufficient time to 

develop such solutions in an efficient manner. We expect that our staff will keep us informed of

the industry’s progress by engaging with market participants (e.g., fund complexes, 

intermediaries, and service providers) on the implementation of swing pricing in the U.S. 

 

because it “will permit an orderly and industry-wide process to make the necessary changes”); see also 

Fidelity Comment Letter (encouraging “industry-wide solutions” to operational challenges associated with 

swing pricing); Vanguard Comment Letter (“[C]ertain operational hurdles common across the industry 

currently prevent funds from effectively implementing swing pricing . . . We believe that any potential 

solution to this problem will result from increased collaboration and communication between funds, their 

service providers, and intermediaries. However, any industry solution will necessarily take time to 

develop. Therefore, the Commission should delay implementation of the swing pricing rule until such time 

as intermediaries can demonstrate an ability to transmit accurate and complete order information to funds in 

a reliable, cost-effective, and timely manner. Once the industry is able to implement swing pricing 

effectively, we believe that swing pricing will be a valuable tool funds may use to supplement the liquidity 

risk management practices that we propose above.”).

214 See id.
67

Potential Further Commission Action to Facilitate Swing Pricing 

As discussed above, a number of commenters pointed to a variety of competitive 

concerns and operational challenges in implementing swing pricing, and several suggested that 

the Commission take additional actions to facilitate its adoption. We recognize the challenges 

associated with implementing swing pricing in the U.S., but continue to believe that swing 

pricing may provide significant benefits to investors for funds that choose to use it. As discussed 

above, some commenters urged the Commission to adopt rules that would require intermediaries 

to provide timely estimates of shareholder flows to funds that chose to implement swing pricing, 

or to encourage such action through non-regulatory means.

215 However, commenters did not 

provide details as to the form such a regulatory requirement would take, and some noted that any 

such requirement would likely have to extend to certain entities not typically subject to 

regulation by the Commission.216 Any such regulatory requirement would also be limited by the 

economic reality that intermediaries are free to choose whether or not to sell fund shares to their 

customers, and a requirement that intermediaries provide shareholder flow data to funds may 

 215 See CRMC Comment Letter (“In order to create a level playing field for all funds, we instead urge the 

Commission to adopt rules requiring intermediaries to provide cash flow information prior to the deadline 

by which a fund is required to strike its NAV.”); see also GARP Comment Letter (“SEC swing pricing 

provisions should incorporate additional requirements for financial intermediaries (as defined in rule 22c2)...to provide, at the request of a fund, timely estimates of the net purchase or redemption activity to 

support the fund’s reasonable inquiry.”); Invesco Comment Letter (“We request that the Commission create 

a regulatory obligation that intermediaries provide trade information to fund sponsors on a time-table that 

allows all funds to use swing price.... The industry and our intermediaries are unlikely to make these 

changes voluntarily.”); T. Rowe Comment Letter (“we strongly encourage the SEC to consider what 

changes are necessary to its regulatory framework to require (or otherwise provide funds with the ability to 

influence) intermediaries to provide accurate estimates of purchase and redemption information prior to 

funds striking their NAVs so that swing pricing can be an effective tool to mitigate potential dilution.”).

216 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I. In addition, unless only newly organized funds chose to implement swing 

pricing, any such regulatory requirement would require provisions to deal with intermediaries that were 

unable or unwilling to provide such flow data, which might lead to situations where shareholders owning 

fund shares through such intermediaries would either need to switch intermediaries or redeem their shares 

(both of which may have negative consequences for investors) or allow such intermediaries to continue to 

keep shareholders in a fund that swing prices, which may result in funds being unable to implement swing 

pricing effectively. 
68

have the unintended consequence of leading certain intermediaries to choose to no longer sell 

funds that use swing pricing. 

Other commenters suggested that the Commission could take action to require funds and 

intermediaries to implement earlier cut-off times to buy and sell fund shares (either through 

adoption of new rules or other means).217 However many commenters recognized the significant 

downsides of such an approach, in that it would limit investors’ ability to trade mutual funds 

until the markets close (a long-held expectation of mutual fund investors), and could put mutual 

funds at a competitive disadvantage with other investment products.218 Still others took the 

approach of suggesting that the Commission seek input from industry or other regulators about 

what could be done to help facilitate adoption of swing pricing in the U.S. before taking further 

action.219 Our staff has previously engaged in significant outreach to funds, intermediaries, and 

other regulators as we developed the swing pricing rule proposal, and we expect that such active 

dialogue will continue as swing pricing begins to be implemented. 

Considering the diverse and varied recommendations on potential Commission action 

that we might take, as well as the potential limitations and downsides of the approaches that have 

been suggested to us, we are not proposing any further regulatory requirements to facilitate 

implementation of swing pricing at this time. As discussed previously, on balance, we believe 

that it is appropriate to permit usage of swing pricing as an optional tool subject to a two-year 

extended effective date at this time. We believe permitting this optional tool to be implemented 

for those funds that choose to do so may result in benefits for those funds and their investors if 

 217 See GARP Comment Letter; PIMCO Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; SIFMA 

Comment Letter II. 

218 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; GARP Comment Letter; Wells Fargo Comment Letter.

219 See, e.g., Fidelity Comment Letter; Blackrock Comment Letter; Morningstar Comment Letter. 
69

they believe the challenges of implementing swing pricing can be overcome and are justified by 

the resulting anti-dilution and other benefits associated with swing pricing. In addition, 

permitting the use of swing pricing encourages funds to begin working with intermediaries to 

overcome the operational challenges associated with swing pricing and may spur the 

development of efficient solutions that might not otherwise be created if swing pricing were not 

allowed. 

e. The Swing Factor

We are adopting a requirement that a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures 

provide that, once the fund’s level of net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded a swing 

threshold, the fund must adjust its NAV by an amount designated as the “swing factor” for that 

threshold.220 “Swing factor” is defined as “the amount, expressed as a percentage of the fund’s 

net asset value and determined pursuant to the fund’s swing pricing procedures, by which a fund 

adjusts its net asset value per share when the level of net purchases into or net redemptions from 

the fund has exceeded the fund’s applicable swing threshold.”221 A fund’s swing pricing policies 

and procedures are required to specify the process for how the swing factor will be determined.222 

In determining the swing factor, the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing may 

take into account only the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net 

purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor is used, including spread 

costs, transaction fees and charges arising from asset purchases or asset sales to satisfy those 

purchases or redemptions, and borrowing-related costs associated with satisfying redemptions.223

 220 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A).

221 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(v)(B).

222 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C).

223 Id.
70

A fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures also must include an upper limit on the 

swing factor used, which may not exceed two percent of the fund’s NAV per share.

224 The fund 

would be required to take into account certain considerations when determining the swing factor 

upper limit.

225 The swing factor upper limit is subject to new oversight provisions under the final 

rule, as further described below. 

The policies and procedures shall also include the determination that the swing factor(s) 

used are reasonable in relationship to the fund’s costs in meeting net shareholder subscriptions 

and redemptions.

226 We anticipate that, because these considerations could vary depending on

facts and circumstances, the swing factor that funds will determine appropriate to use in 

adjusting its NAV also could vary.227 A fund’s policies and procedures for determining the 

swing factor should discuss how each of the considerations a fund is required to take into 

account under the rule will be used in determining the swing factor.

Setting the Swing Factor

Under the proposal, when setting its swing factor a fund would have been required to take 

into account two specific sets of considerations. Under the final rule amendments, a fund must 

take into account only one set of considerations in determining its swing factor(s), which has

been modified in response to commenters. Under the final rule, the swing pricing administrator

must take into account only the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of 

 224 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C). 

225 Id. 

226 Id. 

227 As discussed previously in section II.A.3.c. above, under the final rule a fund could also have more than 

one swing threshold, with varying swing factors associated with each threshold. In determining multiple 

swing factors, the fund would take into account the same factors it would use in establishing a single swing 

factor, but evaluate them based on the relevant swing threshold. 
71

net purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor is used, including spread 

costs, transaction fees and charges arising from asset purchases or asset sales to satisfy those 

purchases or redemptions, and borrowing-related costs associated with satisfying redemptions

when determining the fund’s swing factor(s).

228 As discussed below, the person(s) responsible 

for administering swing pricing must also determine that the swing factor used is reasonable in 

relationship to these costs. We have eliminated the consideration of market impact costs or

changes in the value of assets purchased or sold as a result of net purchases or net redemptions. 

The required considerations are intended to limit a fund’s ability to estimate the costs associated 

with purchase and redemption activity that could dilute the value of non-transacting

shareholders’ interests in the fund.229

i. Required Consideration of Certain Near-Term Costs

As noted above, as originally proposed, both sets of considerations were mandatory for 

setting a swing factor. In the Proposing Release, we requested comment on each of the 

considerations that a fund would be required to take into account in determining the swing factor, 

and specifically requested comment on whether any aspect of the proposed considerations should 

not be required. In response, some commenters argued that the proposed considerations for

calculating a fund’s swing factor should be guidance only.230 On the other hand, one commenter 

 228 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C).

229 The costs that a fund would be required consider in determining its swing factor overlap significantly with 

costs that we understand funds that use swing pricing in other jurisdictions commonly consider when 

determining their swing factor. For example, the Luxembourg Swing Pricing Survey, Reports & 

Guidelines provides that the following should be considered when determining the swing factor: (i) the bidoffer spread of a fund’s underlying portfolio assets; (ii) net broker commissions paid by the fund; (iii) 

custody transaction charges; (iv) fiscal charges (e.g., stamp duty and sales tax); (v) any initial charges or 

exit fees applied to trades in underlying investment funds; and (vi) any swing factors or dilution amounts or 

spreads applied to underlying investment funds or derivative instruments. See ALFI Survey 2015, supra

footnote 42, at 7, 15-16.

230 See Dechert Comment Letter (“Generally, we believe that requiring funds to consider specific factors as 
72

expressed concern that the proposed rules would grant funds too much discretion in calculating 

the swing factor.231 

We continue to believe that mandating funds to take into account certain near-term costs 

when setting the swing factor strikes an appropriate balance between providing funds an 

appropriate amount of discretion and requiring that relevant costs be considered when setting the 

swing factor. However, in response to commenter concerns, we have eliminated certain of the 

proposed considerations and have clarified that a fund may only take into account those 

considerations set forth in the rule.

The final rule specifies that the determination of a fund’s swing factor must take into 

account only the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net purchases 

or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor is used (emphasis added). The phrase 

“near-term” is meant to reflect that investing proceeds from net purchases or satisfying net 

redemptions could involve costs that may not be incurred by the fund for several days. The rule 

text specifies that the costs to be considered are those that are expected to be incurred by the fund 

as a result of the net purchase or net redemption activity that occurred on the day the swing 

 

part of the swing threshold and swing factor determinations is too rigid and prescriptive . . . Instead, we 

believe a better approach would be to outline in conceptual guidance the appropriate principles and factors 

a fund could consider in making the swing factor determinations.”); see also ICI Comment Letter I (“[T]he 

SEC should permit funds to build their own methodologies, shaped broadly by SEC guidance within the 

adopting release.”); Invesco Comment Letter (stating that, if a cost reflected in one of the proposed factors 

cannot be reasonably estimated, a fund should be able to exclude it from the swing factor calculation).

231 See AFR Comment Letter (“The proposal includes substantial discretion concerning the threshold for swing 

pricing and the actual level of the swing pricing adjustment. We believe this discretion is excessive. If 

SEC oversight of swing pricing is lax, this discretionary process holds the risk of near-arbitrary redemption 

fees charged to investors, fees that could become effectively a form of gating during periods of market 

stress.”). We believe that requiring funds to set a swing factor pursuant to board-approved policies and 

procedures that are administered by an investment adviser subject to a fiduciary duty, and requiring that the 

policies and procedures provide that the swing factor(s) used must be reasonable in relationship to these 

costs, serve as a counterbalance to allowing funds to set the swing factor, and should help mitigate the risk 

that a fund sets a punitive or arbitrary swing factor that would inappropriately disadvantage redeeming 

shareholders. 
73

factor is used; this specification is designed to help ensure that the only costs to be taken into 

account are those that are directly related to the purchases or redemptions at issue. Thus, while 

the term “near-term costs” does not envision a precise number of days, we believe that, in 

context, this term would not likely encompass costs that are significantly removed in time from 

the purchases or redemptions at issue.

The near-term costs required to be considered are limited to spread costs,232 transaction 

fees and charges arising from purchasing or selling assets,233 and borrowing-related costs 

associated with satisfying redemptions. We anticipate that the particular transaction fees and 

charges that a fund would likely consider, for example, would include mark-ups and markdowns, brokerage commissions and custody fees, as well as other charges, fees, and taxes 

associated with portfolio asset purchases or sales (for example, transfer taxes and repatriation 

costs for certain foreign securities, or transaction fees associated with portfolio investments in 

other investment companies). A fund also must consider borrowing-related costs associated with 

satisfying redemptions, such as the interest charges or other costs paid if a fund were to draw on 

a line of credit or engage in interfund borrowing in order to pay redemptions. These borrowing

costs, like the specific transaction costs associated with purchasing and selling portfolio assets, 

could dilute the value of the shares held by non-transacting shareholders, and also can leverage 

the fund.234 A fund should consider near-term costs in developing its policies and procedures for

 232 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.416 (defining “spread costs” as those “incurred indirectly 

when a fund buys a security from a dealer at the ‘asked’ price (slightly above current value) or sells a 

security to a dealer at the ‘bid’ price (slightly below current value). The difference between the bid price 

and the asked price is known as the ‘spread.’”).

233 “Transaction fees and charges” are defined in rule 22c-1(a)(3) to mean “brokerage commissions, custody 

fees, and any other charges, fees, and taxes associated with portfolio asset purchases and sales.” Rule 22c1(a)(3)(v)(E).

234 See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.B.2.c for 

discussion regarding lines of credit.
74

determining a swing factor. The rule as adopted thus requires funds to incorporate an assessment 

of multiple sources of potential dilution when setting the swing factor.

ii. Elimination of Consideration of Market Impact Costs

Under the proposal, the costs a fund would have been required to consider would have 

included market impact costs235 associated with the fund trading portfolio assets.

236 Many 

commenters addressing the proposed cost considerations indicated that we should not require a 

fund to consider market impact costs in determining its swing factor.237 These commenters 

indicated that estimating market impact costs can be very difficult and requires an exercise of 

judgment that fund managers may not be comfortable undertaking. These commenters also 

noted that few funds in other jurisdictions that use swing pricing include market impact costs in 

their swing factors and indicated that estimated market impact costs would reduce swing factor 

precision.

238 We understand the difficulties in estimating market impact costs in other 

jurisdictions may also apply for some U.S. funds were we to require consideration of market 

 235 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.415 (defining “market impact costs” as those costs “incurred 

when the price of a security changes as a result of the effort to purchase or sell the security. Stated 

formally, market impacts are the price concessions (amounts added to the purchase price or subtracted from 

the selling price) that are required to find the opposite side of the trade and complete the transaction. 

Market impact cost cannot be calculated directly. It can be roughly estimated by comparing the actual 

price at which a trade was executed to prices that were present in the market at or near the time of the 

trade.”). 

236 The proposed rule would have required a fund’s policies and procedures for determining the swing factor to 

take into account all near-term costs that are expected to be incurred as a result of net purchases or net 

redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor is used to adjust the fund’s NAV, including any market 

impact costs, spread costs, and transaction fees and charges arising from asset purchases or asset sales in 

connection with those purchases or redemptions, as well as any borrowing-related costs associated with 

satisfying those redemptions. See proposed rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(D)(1).

237 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; Invesco Comment Letter; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; T. Rowe 

Comment Letter.

238 Id. See also ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42, at 10 (indicating that 10% of survey respondents 

consider market impact costs).
75

impact costs when applying swing pricing here.239 In light of concerns that many funds may not 

be able to readily estimate market impact costs, as well as concerns that subjective estimates of 

market impact costs could grant excessive discretion in the determination of a swing factor,240 we 

have eliminated the consideration of market impact costs in setting the swing factor under the 

final rule. In making this determination, we have balanced our concerns regarding potential 

abusive practices against the fact that funds using swing pricing potentially may not capture all 

the costs that are likely to result from shareholder transactions on the trade date. 

iii. Elimination of Consideration of Value of Assets Purchased or Sold

Under the proposed rule, a fund’s policies and procedures for determining the swing 

factor would have been required to consider information about the value of assets purchased or 

sold by the fund as a result of the net purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the 

swing factor is used to adjust the fund’s NAV, if that information would not be reflected in the 

current NAV of the fund computed that day.241 One commenter noted that obtaining this 

information on a timely basis may be difficult.242 Another commenter objected to including this 

consideration, arguing that it is unclear and does not correspond to common swing pricing 

practices in Europe.243 The commenter also suggested that taken literally, this consideration 

appears to reflect changes in prices attributable to a specific day, which is in tension with the 

 239 We note that some fund complexes may utilize technological tools, such as best execution systems, that 

estimate trading cost information, including market impact, but that not all funds may have access to these 

tools and the quality of these estimation systems may vary.

240 See AFR Comment Letter (questioning the degree of discretion afforded to funds in setting the swing factor 

adjustment under the proposal).

241 Proposed Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(D)(2).

242 See Invesco Comment Letter.

243 See SIFMA Comment Letter II.
76

proposal’s treatment of a swing factor being allowed to be determined on a periodic basis.244 

This consideration was meant to reflect the fact that a fund’s NAV will generally not 

reflect changes in holdings of the fund’s portfolio assets and changes in the number of the fund’s 

outstanding shares until the first business day following the fund’s receipt of the shareholder’s 

purchase or redemption requests.245 Thus, the price that a shareholder receives for his or her 

purchase or sale of fund shares customarily does not take into account market-related costs that 

arise even when the fund trades portfolio assets on the same day in order to meet shareholder 

purchases or redemptions. However, we recognize that requiring inclusion of such information 

may imply a level of precision in setting the swing factor tied to changes that occur each day that 

would undercut funds being able to set a swing factor on a periodic basis, with adjustments for 

more significant market movements or other more significant cost changes. Accordingly, we 

believe requiring consideration of such costs in setting the swing factor would be inappropriate at 

this time. In making this determination, we have balanced these concerns against the fact that 

funds using swing pricing potentially may not capture all the costs that are likely to result from 

shareholder transactions on the trade date. 

Reasonable in Relation to Costs

The final rule now includes an explicit requirement that any swing factor used be 

reasonable in relation to the costs incurred by the fund. One commenter objected that as

proposed, the swing pricing rule did not assign an explicit duty to fund sponsors or boards to 

limit NAV adjustments to amounts that are reasonable in relation to the estimated fund costs 

 244 See infra footnote 268 and accompanying paragraph.

245 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6 at n.412 and accompanying text.
77

associated with the capital activity giving rise to the adjustment.246 Another commenter was 

concerned that the substantial discretion provided in setting the swing factor could lead to 

potential abuse, and if set arbitrarily, could effectively serve as a form of gating.247

We believe that as required under the proposal, by requiring the swing factor be set based 

on the considerations discussed above, funds would have necessarily been evaluating the 

reasonableness of the swing factor and its relationship to costs (and their boards will provide 

oversight over this process, including through the approval of swing pricing policies and 

procedures).248 We agree, however, that this requirement should be made explicit. Accordingly, 

we are requiring in the final rule to require that swing pricing policies and procedures include a 

requirement that the relationship between the swing pricing factor(s) used and the fund costs 

associated with the capital activity giving rise to the adjustment be reasonable in relationship to 

these costs.249 We believe that requiring such an explicit requirement that a swing factor be 

reasonably related to the costs incurred by the fund should serve to address concerns of 

arbitrariness or potential abuse in the setting of a swing factor. 

Upper Limit on Swing Factor

Under the final rule, the fund must establish an upper limit for the fund’s swing factor, 

which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share. This swing factor upper limit (and any 

changes thereto) must be approved by the fund’s board of directors. The proposal did not 

prescribe an upper limit or “cap” on the swing factor that a fund would be permitted to use, nor 

 246 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

247 See AFR Comment Letter. 

248 See supra footnote 231 and accompanying paragraph.

249 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C). 
78

did it mandate that funds’ swing policies and procedures establish such an upper limit. Instead, 

the proposed rule would have permitted a fund to adopt an upper limit on the swing factor as part 

of its swing pricing policies and procedures, and the fund’s board would have been required to 

approve any such upper limit. We requested comment on whether the Commission should 

require an upper limit on the swing factor that a fund would be permitted to use and whether two 

percent or some other limit would be appropriate.

Commenter responses in this area were mixed. One commenter agreed that it was 

appropriate for the proposed swing pricing rules to permit, but not require, funds to adopt a 

swing factor cap.250 Another commenter stated that the Commission had appropriately not 

prescribed an upper limit in the proposal.

251 Other commenters, however, expressed investor 

protection-related concerns regarding the proposed swing pricing rules, indicating that the rules 

lacked sufficient transparency regarding swing factors and/or that the rules ignored economic 

incentives that would cause funds to employ swing pricing overly aggressively.252 One of these 

commenters argued that the discretion provided to funds in setting the swing factor “could 

effectively form a gating during periods of market stress” and that “such de facto gating could 

harm investors.”253

We are persuaded that the final rule must allow enough flexibility in the determination of 

 250 See HSBC Comment Letter (stating that a disclosed upper limit may provide useful guidance to investors, 

but arguing that “[i]n periods of market stress, spreads and swing factors may widen and a hardcoded 

regulatory limit could be detrimental to existing investors.”).

251 See Invesco Comment Letter.

252 See, e.g., AFR Comment Letter (arguing that the proposed swing pricing included excessive discretion 

regarding the level of the swing pricing adjustment); Eaton Vance Comment Letter (arguing that “buyers 

and sellers would never know, or be able to reasonably estimate, even the approximate impact of swing 

pricing on their transaction prices” and stating that “[e]xposing transacting shareholders to undisclosed and 

uncapped transaction costs that may bear little or no relation to the associated fund costs does not strike us 

as a fair deal.”) (emphasis omitted).

253 See AFR Comment Letter. 
79

a swing factor to keep the factor reasonably related to transaction costs. At the same time, 

however, we believe that it is appropriate to limit the swing factor that may be used to avoid 

placing an undue restriction or de facto gate on shareholders’ ability to redeem their shares and 

to prevent potentially unfair treatment of shareholders and abusive practices. The Commission 

has limited redemption fees under rule 22c-2 to no more than two percent of the amount 

redeemed,254 and in the context of money market funds, the Commission has given a money 

market fund’s board the ability to impose a liquidity fee of no more than two percent.255 In those 

cases, we sought to balance the fees imposed with shareholders’ need to redeem without 

incurring disproportionate costs. In the context of swing pricing, placing an upper limit on the 

swing factor also provides transparency regarding the maximum amount that a shareholder could 

expect the share price that he or she receives upon purchase or redemption to be adjusted on 

account of swing pricing, even though it may result in a fund not recouping all of the transaction 

costs the fund may incur in connection with shareholder capital activity and thus not mitigating 

all dilution that may result from such activity. Additionally, an upper limit on the amount a fund 

adjusts its NAV could mitigate volatility and tracking error issues that could arise from the use of 

swing pricing.

Based on these considerations, we believe it is appropriate for the Commission to set a 

 254 See Redemption Fees Adopting Release, supra footnote 24, at 12 (stating that redemption fees in excess of 

two percent “could harm ordinary shareholders who make an unexpected redemption as a result of a 

financial emergency” and “would in our judgment impose an undue restriction on the redeemability of 

shares required by the Act.”).

255 See 2014 Money Market Fund Reform Adopting Release, supra footnote 38, at 95 (“[W]e are limiting the 

maximum liquidity fee that may be imposed by a fund to 2%. As with the default fee, we seek to balance 

the need for liquidity costs to be allocated to redemptions with shareholders’ need to redeem absent 

disproportionate costs. We also believe setting a limit on the level of a liquidity fee provides notice to 

investors about the extent to which a liquidity fee could impact their investment. In addition, as recognized 

by at least one commenter, the staff has noted in the past that fees greater than 2% raise questions regarding 

whether a fund’s securities remain ‘redeemable.’”) (internal citation omitted).
80

maximum amount for the swing factor, as we have done with redemption fees on funds and 

liquidity fees on money market funds, given our desire to balance the fair allocation of fund costs 

created by shareholder transaction activity with the redeemable nature of open-end funds. 

Nevertheless, we still consider it appropriate to require funds to establish an upper limit on the 

swing factor(s) the fund will use as part of their swing pricing policies and procedures, within the

two percent of NAV per share confines, because for some funds a swing factor upper limit of 

less than two percent may be appropriate given that fund’s redemption history and investment 

strategy.

256 Indeed, many funds may consider two percent of NAV per share to be a form of a

“default” limit, but where the fund (with the approval of its board) can find that a lower limit is 

in the fund’s best interest, similar to the approach we took regarding money market fund 

liquidity fees.

257 Because the upper limit would affect the swing factor a fund would use to 

adjust its NAV when net purchases or net redemptions exceed the fund’s swing threshold, the 

fund is required to take into account the swing factor considerations when establishing a swing 

factor upper limit (while staying within the two percent maximum limit).

258

We acknowledge that certain foreign jurisdictions that permit swing pricing do not place 

an upper limit on the swing factor that a fund may set. Instead, funds that use swing pricing

within those jurisdictions may voluntarily limit the level of the swing factor to be applied, with 

such limits generally ranging from 1% - 3%.259 We also acknowledge that certain funds, 

 256 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C).

257 See rule 2a-7(c)(2)(ii) (if a money market fund’s weekly liquid assets fall below ten percent of its total 

assets, the fund must institute a liquidity fee of 1% of value of shares redeemed, unless the fund's board of 

directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund, determines that 

imposing the fee is not in the best interests of the fund or that a higher (not to exceed 2%) or lower fee level 

is in the best interest of the fund).

258 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C).

259 ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42 at 7 (noting, however, that approximately half of respondents that 
81

particularly funds that invest in asset classes with higher spreads and other associated transaction 

costs, may be unable to recoup all transaction costs or mitigate all potential dilution associated 

with shareholders’ capital activity if the maximum upper limit is set at two percent. However, 

we believe that capping the maximum swing factor upper limit at two percent will permit funds 

to pass on some of the transaction costs to purchasing and redeeming shareholders without 

imposing an undue restriction on the redeemability of shares required by the Act. 

The final rule requires the fund’s board to approve the fund’s swing factor upper limit

and any changes thereto.

260 A number of commenters objected to the proposed requirement that, 

if the fund set a swing factor upper limit, the board must approve the upper limit. These 

commenters argued that the fund adviser is best suited for setting any cap, because it requires indepth knowledge of the day-to-day management and administration of the fund—activities 

performed by the adviser and other service providers and not the board. 261 On the other hand, 

one commenter stated that the proposal granted excessively broad discretion to fund managers to 

design the swing pricing procedures, and excessive discretion in setting the swing factor. This 

commenter feared that excessive discretion could result in unequal treatment of investors that 

was not fully justified by differences in the market impact of their fund transactions.262

After considering comments, we believe board approval of a fund’s swing factor upper 

limit (and any changes thereto), combined with required review of a written report from the 

administrator describing, among other things, the administrator’s review and assessment of the 

 

use swing pricing cap the level of the swing factor applied on certain asset classes, with equity, fixed 

income and multi-asset funds most commonly capped at two percent).

260 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(B). 

261 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; FSR Comment 

Letter.

262 See AFR Comment Letter. 
82

fund’s swing factor upper limit, including information and data supporting this determination, 

will serve to limit the degree of discretion granted to fund management, while providing 

management with the flexibility to manage the day-to-day administration of swing pricing. 

Obtaining board oversight of the swing factor upper limit will help ensure that a fund establishes 

a swing factor upper limit that is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders. We also believe 

it is appropriate for the fund board to approve the fund’s specific upper limit given the important 

balancing that it effects between the redeemable nature of the fund’s shares against the fair 

allocation of fund costs from shareholder transaction activity—a balance between various 

shareholder interests that we believe the board is best situated to judge. Requiring board 

oversight of the swing factor upper limit is also consistent with the approach the Commission 

took in rule 22c-2 under the Act, where the fund board is required to approve any redemption fee 

that the fund establishes.

263 We further believe that the board review requirement serves to 

address the concerns of those commenters that suggested the board may not have the necessary 

information or expertise to approve the swing factor upper limit (and changes to the swing factor 

upper limit).

264

Finally, we are also requiring funds to disclose the swing factor upper limit on Form N1A and Form N-CEN. We believe that an adequate level of transparency about swing pricing is 

critical for investors to understand the risks associated with investing in a particular fund, and 

that requiring disclosure of a fund’s swing factor upper limit will provide important transparency 

to fund shareholders regarding the maximum amount that a shareholder could expect the share 

price to be adjusted on account of swing pricing. We also believe that this transparency could 

 263 See rule 22c-2(a)(1). See also supra footnotes 24-31 and accompanying text.

264 See infra section II.A.3.f.
83

serve as a check on funds that may seek to employ swing pricing overly aggressively.265 Foreign 

domiciled funds that voluntarily limit the level of the swing factor to be applied typically 

disclose the swing factor upper limit in the fund’s offering documents.266

Additional Considerations

A fund could take a variety of approaches to determining its swing factor, so long as the 

fund’s process for how the swing factor is determined includes the considerations set forth in 

rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C). For example, a fund may wish to set a “base” swing factor, and adjust it 

as appropriate if certain aspects required to be considered in determining the swing factor deviate 

from a range of pre-determined norms (for example, if spread costs generally exceed a certain

pre-determined level). Alternatively or additionally, a fund that uses swing pricing may wish to 

incorporate into its policies and procedures a formula or algorithm that includes the required

considerations for determining the swing factor. 

With respect to the process for determining the swing factor, one commenter opined that 

the swing factor must be “quantitative and automatable,”267 and another similarly suggested that 

the Commission should make clear that the swing factor may be determined on a periodic basis, 

rather than calculated anew each day that the swing factor is applied.268 We agree that a swing 

factor could generally be determined on a periodic basis, as long as developments such as 

significant market developments prompt a quicker re-evaluation. We believe that these aspects 

of swing factor determination should be addressed by funds when designing their policies and 

 265 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter (“The Swing Pricing Proposal does not appear to recognize that fund 

sponsors will have an economic incentive to apply swing pricing aggressively, because doing so improves 

the competitiveness of the funds they manage by increasing reported returns.”).

266 Id.

267 See Invesco Comment Letter.

268 See SIFMA Comment Letter II.
84

procedures relating to swing pricing, and are reflected in the final rule.

f. Governance, Oversight and Other Considerations

Although the final rule requires a fund that uses swing pricing to obtain approval of its 

swing pricing policies and procedures from the fund’s board, including a majority of independent 

directors, in a change from the proposal, the final rule does not require the board to approve 

material changes to the policies and procedures. The rule provides that a fund’s board-approved 

swing pricing policies and procedures must specify the process for how the fund’s swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit are determined. In addition, the final 

rule requires that the fund board approve the fund’s swing threshold(s) and the upper limit on the 

swing factor(s) used by the fund, as well as any changes thereto. The rule requires that a fund’s 

board designate the fund’s investment adviser, officer or officers responsible for administering 

the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures.269 Similar to the proposal, the final rule

provides administration of the swing pricing policies and procedures must be reasonably 

segregated from portfolio management of the fund and may not include portfolio managers 

(although portfolio managers may provide data or other input used by those responsible for 

administering the policies and procedures). Finally, the fund board must also review a periodic 

written report prepared by the fund’s swing pricing administrator that includes certain required 

information and the fund must meet certain recordkeeping requirements related to its swing 

pricing policies and procedures, as described below. 

Board Role

As described above, consistent with the proposal, a fund’s board of directors must 

approve two core elements of a fund’s swing pricing program – the swing threshold(s) and the 

 269 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(C).
85

swing factor upper limit. The swing threshold establishes the point at which swing pricing 

begins to affect fund shareholders, and thus involves an important balancing of various 

shareholder interests. Similarly, the swing factor upper limit reflects a balancing of the 

redeemable nature of the fund’s shares against the fair allocation of fund costs from shareholder 

transaction activity. In both cases, the board has an important role in balancing shareholder 

interests. This is consistent with the board’s role in other contexts under the Act. For example, a 

fund’s board has significant responsibility regarding valuation- and pricing-related matters.270

In addition, we believe that ongoing oversight of a fund’s swing pricing program, which 

necessarily involves addressing a diverse range of issues, some technical, requires a calibrated 

balance between the role of the board and the role of management. Accordingly, under the final 

rule, a fund’s board of directors must approve the fund’s initial swing pricing policies and 

procedures, as proposed. However, in a change from the proposal, instead of the board 

approving any material changes to the swing pricing policies and procedures and instead of the 

fund performing a periodic review of the fund’s swing threshold,

271 the board will provide its 

ongoing oversight of the fund’s swing pricing by reviewing, no less frequently than annually, a 

written report prepared by the person(s) responsible for administering the fund’s swing pricing 

 270 See, e.g., section 2(a)(41)(B) of the Act and rule 2a-4 thereunder (when market quotations are not readily 

available for a fund’s portfolio securities, the Investment Company Act requires the fund’s board of 

directors to determine, in good faith, the fair value of the securities); rule 2a-7(c)(1)(i) and rule 2a7(g)(1)(i)(A)-(C) (a stable NAV money market fund that qualifies as a retail or government money market 

fund may use the amortized cost method of valuation to compute the current share price provided, among 

other things, the board of directors believes that the amortized cost method of valuation fairly reflects the 

market-based NAV and does not believe that such valuation may result in material dilution or other unfair 

results to investors or existing shareholders). See also rule 18f-3(d) (requiring the board, including a 

majority of independent directors, to find that a fund’s multi-class plan is in the best interests of each share 

class individually and the fund as a whole, and providing that before any vote on a fund’s multi-class plan, 

the directors are required to request and evaluate such information as may be reasonably necessary to 

evaluate the plan). 

271 See supra section II.A.3.c. 
86

policies and procedures. This written report must describe: (i) the swing pricing administrator’s 

review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness 

of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution; (ii) material changes to the 

policies and procedures since the date of the last report; and (iii) the swing pricing 

administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and 

swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of the rule, including a review and 

assessment of information and data supporting these determinations.272 

In the proposal, we asked comment on the extent to which the board oversight 

requirements we proposed would ensure that a fund establishes policies and procedures that are 

in the interest of all fund shareholders.273 A number of commenters believed that appropriate 

board oversight of swing pricing is key to ensuring proper administration of swing pricing in the 

interest of fund shareholders,274 and many generally supported the proposed requirement for a 

fund’s board to approve its swing pricing policies and procedures.275 Several commenters 

suggested, in particular, that regular reports on the administration of swing pricing would help 

the board in its oversight role, and facilitate the appropriate use of swing pricing.276 Another 

commenter suggested that the board should periodically review whether adjustments should be 

 272 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii). 

273 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at text following n.522. 

274 See, e.g., Blackrock Comment letter; CRMC Comment Letter. 

275 See CRMC Comment Letter; CFA Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter; IDC Comment Letter; J.P. 

Morgan Comment Letter; MFDF Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter.

276 See, e.g., Blackrock Comment letter (“The Swing Pricing Committee should report to the mutual fund 

board at regular scheduled intervals...”); CRMC comment letter (“[W]e believe that fund boards should be 

given visibility to such determinations [of the swing threshold and swing factor limit] through written 

reports...”). 
87

made to swing pricing policies and procedures.277

However, a number of commenters objected to the particular methods we proposed for 

ongoing board oversight of swing pricing, including the proposed requirement that the board 

specifically approve the fund’s swing threshold and any swing factor cap that that the fund 

adopts.278 These commenters argued that the fund adviser, rather than the board, is best suited 

for setting these parameters, because it requires in-depth knowledge of the day-to-day 

management and administration of the fund—activities performed by the adviser and other 

service providers and not the board. Commenters also argued that fund boards should not be 

required to approve material changes to a fund’s policies and procedures, as obtaining approval 

from fund boards may unnecessarily constrain management, considering the infrequency of 

board meetings and the significant changes in markets that may occur between them.279 On the 

other hand, one commenter stated that the proposal granted excessively broad discretion to fund 

managers to design the swing pricing procedures, and excessive discretion in setting the swing 

pricing threshold and factor, which this commenter feared could result in unequal treatment of 

investors not fully justified by differences in the market impact of their fund transactions.

280 

As discussed above, after considering comments, we believe requiring the board to 

approve a fund’s swing threshold(s) and swing factor upper limit (and any changes thereto) is an

important, targeted means to help ensure that a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures are 

 277 See Charles Schwab Comment Letter. 

278 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; FSR Comment 

Letter.

279 See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.H.2 for a more 

detailed discussion regarding comments received regarding board approval of material changes to fund 

policies and procedures.

280 See AFR Comment Letter. 
88

in the best interests of fund shareholders. In addition, with respect to oversight beyond these 

discrete elements, we believe that board approval of swing pricing policies and procedures 

combined with required review of a report laying out information and analyses supporting how 

the important components of swing pricing are determined—the swing factor(s), swing 

threshold(s), and swing factor upper limit—appropriately balances the concerns of some 

commenters that the board should not be involved in the day-to-day administration of swing 

pricing with the concerns of other commenters that the rule should prevent excessive discretion 

granted to fund management and inappropriate treatment of fund shareholders. Although we

consider the adviser better suited to administering the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures, we believe that requiring board approval of the policies and procedures and requiring 

board review of the administrator’s report that includes certain required information are integral 

to an effective ongoing assessment of swing pricing. We also believe these requirements will 

help ensure that a fund establishes and implements swing pricing policies and procedures that are 

in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders. As noted above, a fund’s board has significant 

responsibility regarding valuation- and pricing-related matters,281 and it is required to approve

valuation and compliance-related policies and procedures.282 Additionally, in the past we have 

stated that a fund’s compliance policies and procedures, which must be approved by the fund’s 

board (including a majority of independent directors), should include procedures for the pricing 

 281 See supra footnote 270.

282 See, e.g., Accounting for Investment Securities by Registered Investment Companies, Accounting Series 

Release No. 118 (Dec. 23, 1970) (a board, consistent with its responsibility to determine the fair value of 

each issue of restricted securities in good faith, determines the method of valuing each issue of restricted 

securities in the company’s portfolio, and the actual valuation calculations may be made by persons acting 

pursuant to the board’s direction; the board must continuously review the appropriateness of the method 

used in valuing each issue of security in the company’s portfolio); and Rule 38a-1 Adopting Release, supra 

footnote 179, at text accompanying n.46 (stating that rule 38a-1 requires fund directors to approve written 

compliance policies and procedures that require each fund to “provide a methodology or methodologies by 

which the fund determines the fair value of the portfolio security”). 
89

of portfolio securities and fund shares.283 In particular, we note that rule 38a-1 requires that a 

board receive a written report on the operation of the policies and procedures that the fund has 

adopted that are reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, which 

would include rule 22c-1. 

The report the board must review contains several important elements. These elements 

are designed to provide the board with the types of information that the board would consider

relevant and likely request if required to approve material changes to the fund’s swing pricing 

policies and procedures. As noted above, in light of comments, we are replacing the proposed 

requirement that the board approve all material changes to the swing pricing policies and 

procedures and the proposed requirement of a fund review of the swing threshold with required 

board review of the swing pricing administrator’s report. First, the report must describe the 

swing pricing administrator’s review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating 

dilution. This will help the board satisfy its fiduciary role that the fund pricing process is 

operating in the best interest of fund shareholders. It also is similar to the requirements of rule 

38a-1284 and thus should be a familiar process for funds and their boards. Second, the report 

must describe any material changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the 

last report. Because the board is not required to approve these changes before they take effect, it 

is important that they nevertheless be informed of these changes to provide effective oversight of 

swing pricing. Finally, the final rule provides that a fund’s swing pricing policies and 

 283 See Rule 38a-1 Adopting Release, supra footnote 179, at nn.39-47 and accompanying text. 

284 See rule 38a-1(a)(3) and rule 38a-1(a)(4)(iii) (requiring that the fund’s chief compliance officer provide a 

report to the fund’s board, at least annually, covering certain specified matters relating to the fund’s 

compliance program and requiring an annual review of the adequacy of the fund’s compliance policies and 

procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation). 
90

procedures must specify the process used by the fund to determine the fund’s swing threshold(s), 

swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit, and that the swing pricing administrator’s report 

must describe the administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing 

factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of the rule, including a 

review and assessment of information and data supporting these determinations. The swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit are the key features of swing pricing 

practices and ultimately drive the prices at which fund shareholders will transact. Accordingly, 

providing boards with information on how these essential parameters are determined, and a 

review and assessment of how well these processes are leading to the right parameters, is 

important in enabling boards to satisfy their oversight role. In particular, this information may 

assist the board in its consideration of any recommended changes to the fund’s swing 

threshold(s) or swing factor upper limit. These elements of the report—and the related board 

oversight—are also intended to address commenter concerns that the proposed swing pricing 

framework granted fund manager’s excessive discretion in setting the swing threshold and swing 

factor, particularly given conflicting interests that fund personnel may have.

285 The board has 

traditionally provided oversight when there are potential conflicts at the fund. 

We note that this report must include an assessment of the information and data 

supporting the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit. We 

believe that the inclusion of this information in the board report should help provide the board 

 285 Eaton Vance Comment Letter (“While the proposed rule specifies the factors that must be considered in 

establishing a fund’s swing threshold and swing factor, it provides little guidance to fund sponsors and fund 

boards on how to balance the conflicting interests of continuing shareholders (benefiting from low swing 

thresholds and high swing factors) versus transacting shareholders (benefiting from high swing thresholds 

and low swing factors) in setting appropriate swing thresholds and applying reasonable swing factor 

adjustments each day that the swing threshold is exceeded.”); AFR Comment Letter (stating that “[t]he 

proposal includes substantial discretion concerning the threshold for swing pricing and the actual level of 

the swing pricing adjustment. We believe this discretion is excessive.”).
91

sufficient information about the inputs used in swing pricing to provide proper oversight of the 

fund’s swing pricing processes and further address the concerns of commenters noted above. 

The information and data supporting these determinations may take a variety of forms, such as 

reviews or back-tests of shareholder flows and transaction costs in relation to the swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit used by the fund. Back-testing of 

swing thresholds and factors, for example, is used in swing pricing practices in Europe,286 and we 

expect it may enhance the accuracy and effectiveness of swing pricing as a tool to mitigate 

potential shareholder dilution.

Overall, we believe that the board approval and oversight requirements in the final rule 

will help a fund establish and implement swing pricing policies and procedures that are in the 

best interests of the fund and its shareholders. Because fund directors have an obligation to act 

in the best interests of the fund,287 approving policies and procedures that are designed to 

disadvantage shareholders would not be consistent with their fiduciary duties. In fulfilling these 

duties, while the board bears ultimate responsibility for meeting its obligations under its 

fiduciary duty and our rules, the board may choose, where consistent with the prudent discharge 

of its fiduciary duties, to make its determinations while relying on reports it receives under this 

rule and such other information and data as it determines appropriate from the person(s) 

administering the swing pricing program.288

 286 See JP Morgan Comment Letter (discussing back-testing of cash flow projections it performed in 

confirming the accuracy of its swing pricing determinations); ICI Comment Letter (noting that the ALFI 

guidelines require regular back-testing of a fund’s swing threshold and swing factor). 

287 See, e.g., Interpretive Matters Concerning Independent Directors of Investment Companies, Investment 

Company Act Release No. 24083 (Oct. 14, 1999) [64 FR 59877 (Nov. 3, 1999)] (discussing staff’s views 

of directors’ duties of care and loyalty).

288 See also Letter of Michael Didiuk, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange 

Commission, to Dorothy Berry, Chair, Independent Directors Council, and Jameson Baxter, Chair, Mutual 

Fund Directors Forum (Nov. 2, 2010), available at 
92

Designation of Administrator 

As under the proposal, the board will be required to designate the fund’s adviser, officer,

or officers responsible for the administration of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures. 

As discussed above, multiple commenters supported the proposal’s approach that the fund’s 

board should not be required to administer the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures,

289

and instead should designate a swing pricing administrator.290 One commenter, however, 

suggested that the fund’s adviser, not the board, should be responsible for designating the person 

responsible for administering the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures.291 We believe 

that it is appropriate and consistent with the board’s historical role and its responsibilities under 

other of our rules for the board to be responsible for designating the administrator. We believe 

that having the board approve the administrator should help enhance board oversight of swing 

pricing and allow for boards to better understand who is responsible for administering it. 

Accordingly, we are retaining this requirement in the final rule.

We note that it is currently common industry practice for foreign domiciled funds that use 

swing pricing to appoint a committee to administer the fund’s swing pricing operations.292 A 

fund’s board may wish to consider requiring the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures to 

be administered by a committee, and to specify the officers or functional areas that comprise the 

committee (taking into account any possible conflicts for the fund and the adviser related to 

 

https://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/noaction/2010/idc-mfdf110210.pdf.

289 See Dechert Comment Letter; IDC Comment Letter; MFDF Comment Letter.

290 See CFA Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter.

291 See IDC Comment Letter.

292 See, e.g., BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46; J.P. Morgan Asset Management Swing 

Pricing Paper, supra footnote 60; and Franklin Templeton Investments, Swing pricing: Investor protection 

against fund dilution (last visited Apr. 15, 2015), available at 

http://www.franklintempletongem.com/downloadsServlet?docid=hm2t1yb7. 
93

swing pricing). The persons or committee tasked with swing pricing oversight may wish to meet 

periodically to determine the swing factor(s) the fund would use in a variety of circumstances, 

taking into account the considerations discussed above in section II.A.3.e. A fund may wish to 

consider delineating the frequency with which these persons would meet in its policies and 

procedures; for example, a fund’s policies and procedures might specify that these persons shall 

meet periodically, such as monthly or quarterly, and more frequently if market conditions

require.

Segregation from Portfolio Management Function 

As proposed, the swing pricing rule would have required that the determination of the 

swing factor must be reasonably segregated from the portfolio management function of the fund. 

The final rule as adopted, is similar to the proposed requirement; however, it has been modified 

to provide that administration of a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures must be 

reasonably segregated from portfolio management of the fund and “may not include portfolio 

managers.”293 We noted in the Proposing Release that portfolio managers may have conflicts of 

interest with respect to setting the swing factor, and therefore did not believe that they should be 

involved in setting the swing factor. We believe that requiring segregation of functions (and 

clarifying in the rule text that portfolio managers may not be involved) with respect to the 

administration of swing pricing generally, and not just with respect to setting the factor, will 

provide better clarity of roles and reduce the possibility of conflicts of interest in the 

administration of swing pricing. 

We believe that, because of the potential conflict of interest that a portfolio manager who 

 293 We recognize that smaller fund complexes may have different personnel choices available when 

determining who would be responsible for administering their funds’ swing pricing policies and 

procedures. See infra section III.
94

may be compensated based on fund performance may have if they are involved in setting the 

swing factor (which if not set properly, may have the effect of increasing fund performance 

inappropriately rather than recouping the transaction costs associated with purchasing and 

redeeming shareholders’ capital activity), portfolio managers should not be a part of the swing 

pricing administration.294 For example, a fund’s portfolio manager could have an incentive to 

determine a swing factor that is as low as possible, because the portfolio manager could be 

reluctant for the fund’s short-term performance to deviate from the fund’s benchmark or lag its 

peers; or set a swing factor that is too high to enhance the fund’s performance relative to its 

benchmark or peers.295 

Several commenters expressed support for the determination of the swing factor being 

reasonably segregated from a fund’s portfolio management function, which as described in the 

Proposing Release, would exclude portfolio managers from administration of swing pricing

factor.

296 Accordingly, we are adopting the requirements summarized above. We recognize that

it would be appropriate for a committee tasked with the administration of a fund’s swing pricing 

policies and procedures, including the determination of the swing factor(s) the fund would use in 

a variety of circumstances, to obtain appropriate inputs from the fund’s portfolio manager, which 

could be used by that committee in determining the swing factor. However, portfolio managers 

could not be members of the committee, nor could they decide how their inputs would be 

 294 We recognize that this approach differs from that taken in the administration of rule 22e-4 (as it did in the 

proposal) and believe this difference is justified by the higher potential for conflicts of interest in regards to 

portfolio managers and swing pricing as compared to liquidity risk management generally. See Liquidity 

Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8 at section III.H.1. 

295 See supra section II.A.2.g (discussing performance reporting); see also Evergreen Order, supra footnote 

128 (Commission found that a fund’s portfolio management team withheld relevant negative information 

about certain fund holdings from a valuation committee, resulting in the fund substantially overstating its 

NAV for over one year). 

296 See CRMC Comment Letter; CFA Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter.
95

employed in the swing factor determination. 

Fund Merger Considerations

We stated in the Proposing Release that, when funds merge, and at least one of the 

merging funds uses swing pricing, there are a number of considerations relating to swing pricing 

that the funds generally should consider when determining the terms of the merger.297

Commenters did not address these views, which we reiterate here. The boards of merging funds 

should consider whether a swing factor should be used to adjust the value of the absorbed fund’s 

assets, if the absorbing fund uses swing pricing and it is applied on the day of the merger.298

Although the manager of the absorbing fund may need to sell certain of the assets of the 

absorbed fund following the merger (e.g., for consistency with the absorbing fund’s investment 

strategy, or to comply with certain regulatory requirements), we do not believe that the NAV of 

either the absorbing fund or the absorbed fund should be adjusted to counter any dilution 

resulting from these sales, because costs associated with these sales would result from the merger 

and would not be caused by shareholders’ purchase or redemption activity. In light of potential 

complications arising when funds using swing pricing merge, the boards of merging funds may 

want to consider whether to temporarily suspend a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures 

ahead of the merger.299 Similarly, the swing threshold of the absorbing fund generally should be 

 297 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.533 and accompanying text.

298 Directors overseeing fund mergers must take into account rule 17a-8 under the Act (which sets forth 

requirements for mergers of affiliated investment companies), if applicable, as well as any relevant state 

law requirements. Rule 17a-8 requires a board, including a majority of the independent directors, to 

consider the relevant facts and circumstances with respect to a merger of affiliated funds and determine that 

the merger is in the best interests of each of the merging funds and that the interests of the shareholders of 

both the fund being acquired and the acquiring fund are not being diluted. The board may want to consider 

the swing pricing policies and procedures of the merging funds including any appropriate modifications. 

See ALFI Swing Pricing Guidelines 2015, supra footnote 88, at 19-20 (discussing issues associated with 

the use of swing pricing to adjust the value of the absorbed fund’s assets). 

299 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.536 and accompanying text. 
96

reviewed following a merger, and the persons in charge of administering the absorbing fund’s 

swing pricing policies and procedures should consider the effects of the merger when 

considering what swing factor would be appropriate to use if the fund’s swing threshold is 

exceeded following the merger.300

Recordkeeping Requirements

Like under the proposal, the final rule requires a fund to maintain the swing pricing 

policies and procedures adopted by the fund that are in effect, or at any time within the past six 

years were in effect, in an easily accessible place.301 Additionally, as proposed, we are 

expanding current rule 31a-2(a)(2), which requires a fund to keep records evidencing and 

supporting each computation of the fund’s NAV,302 to reflect the NAV adjustments based on a 

fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures. Specifically, a fund that adopts swing pricing 

policies and procedures will be required to preserve records evidencing and supporting each 

computation of an adjustment to the fund’s NAV based on the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures.303 For each NAV adjustment, such records should generally include, at a minimum, 

the fund’s unswung NAV, the level of net purchases or net redemptions that the fund 

encountered (and estimated) that triggered the application of swing pricing, the swing factor that 

was used to adjust the fund’s NAV, relevant data supporting the calculation of the swing factor, 

and any back-testing data used by the fund in assessing the swing factor (and its relationship to 

 300 See id., at text following n.536.

301 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii). 

302 See rule 31a-2(a)(2) (every registered investment company shall . . . “[p]reserve for a period not less than 

six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transactions occurred, the first two years in an easily 

accessible place . . . all schedules evidencing and supporting each computation of net asset value of the 

investment company shares”). 

303 See amendment to rule 31a-2(a)(2). 
97

near term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net purchases or net 

redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor(s) is used). The records required under the 

amendments to rule 31a-2(a)(2) are required to be preserved for at least six years from the date 

that the NAV adjustment occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place.304 The sixyear period for a fund to maintain a copy of its swing pricing policies and procedures in rule 22c1(a)(3) corresponds to the six-year recordkeeping period currently incorporated in rule 31a2(a)(2). We believe that consistency in these retention periods is appropriate in order to permit a 

fund or Commission staff to review historical instances of NAV adjustments effected pursuant to 

the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures in light of the policies and procedures that were 

in place at the time the NAV adjustments occurred. Commenters generally found these proposed 

requirements appropriate, and we are adopting them as proposed.305

In addition, and based on the same rationale as that of the other aforementioned swing 

pricing-related recordkeeping requirements, the final rule requires a fund to maintain all written 

periodic reports provided to the board under rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D) relating to swing pricing for

six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

306

g. Impacts on Financial Statements, Performance Reporting, and Pricing Errors

The application of swing pricing will impact a fund’s financial statements and disclosures 

in a number of areas, including a fund’s statement of assets and liabilities, statement of changes 

 304 See id.

305 See, e.g., HSBC Comment Letter (“[HSBC] AMG believes the recordkeeping requirements are 

sufficient.”). But see Voya Comment Letter (listing recordkeeping requirements as one of many aspects of 

the proposed rule that would make swing pricing too administratively burdensome to implement in a 

manner outweighed by swing pricing’s benefits). We note that the rule amendments we adopt today 

permit, but do not require, a fund to implement swing pricing and allow a fund to weigh recordkeeping and 

other costs to administer swing pricing against swing pricing benefits as the fund deems appropriate. 

306 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii).
98

in net assets, financial highlights, and the notes to the financial statements. While commenters 

were generally supportive of the swing pricing disclosures in the notes to the financial statements 

required by the proposal,307 commenters did ask for clarification and suggested the Commission 

also consider the impact swing pricing disclosures will have on other aspects of financial 

statement reporting,308 which we address below.

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

Today we are clarifying, after consideration of the comments received, that for funds that 

utilize swing pricing the statement of assets and liabilities would continue to be presented as 

currently required by Regulation S-X rule 6-04.19309 and U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 

Principles or “GAAP.” Under Regulation S-X and GAAP, funds are required to state on the 

statement of assets and liabilities their NAV per share, which is defined as “the amount of net 

assets attributable to each share of capital stock outstanding at the close of the period,”310 and 

which we refer herein to as the “GAAP” NAV. We proposed to amend rule 6-04.19 to require 

presentation of the NAV per share as adjusted pursuant to its swing pricing policies and 

procedures (if applicable), the “Swung NAV,” on the statement of assets and liabilities.311

However, commenters questioned how the effects of swing pricing are captured within the 

financial reporting process and interact with the normal trade date reporting adjustments that go 

 307 See ICI Comment Letter I.

308 See Comment Letter of Ernst & Young LLP (Jan. 14, 2016) (“EY Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of 

KPMG LLP (Jan. 26, 2016) (“KPMG Comment Letter”); Comment Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

(Jan. 13, 2016) (“PwC Comment Letter”).

309 See 17 CFR 210.6-04.19.

310 See FASB ASC 946-10-20 for definition of NAV per share.

311 See proposed amendments to section 210.6-04 of Regulation S-X; see also, Proposing Release, supra

footnote 6, at section III.F.1.g.
99

into a GAAP NAV.312 Commenters also pointed out that a user of the financial statements would 

not be able to divide the net assets of the fund (or class) by the shares outstanding to arrive at the 

Swung NAV per share and that there was no proposed reconciliation of these amounts.313 

Generally, commenters suggested consideration of whether the GAAP NAV per share should be 

presented in addition to or in lieu of the Swung NAV, as proposed,314 and asked for further 

clarification on how swing pricing would impact the financial highlights, including the total 

return calculations.315 

One commenter also noted that, under the proposal, there would be a difference between 

the Swung NAV per share disclosed in accordance with proposed rule 6-04.19 and the GAAP 

NAV per share.316 For a fund that chooses to implement swing pricing, the GAAP NAV would 

include both the effects of swing pricing throughout the period, if applicable, as well as any trade 

date financial reporting adjustments for portfolio transactions (including any related income, 

expense, gain and loss) and capital share transactions occurring on the balance sheet date. The 

Swung NAV would be the NAV that investors transacted at on the last day of the financial 

reporting period and would not include the GAAP trade date adjustments.317 For funds that adopt 

 312 See KPMG Comment Letter; EY Comment Letter; PwC Comment Letter. See also EY Comment Letter; 

PwC Comment Letter (on whether the NAV should be adjusted for trade date activity). Rule 2a-4 of the 

Act permits registered investment companies to record security transactions as of one day after the trade 

date for purposes of determining net asset value. However, FASB ASC 946-320-25-1 notes that for 

financial reporting purposes, security transactions should be recorded on trade date. Consistent with 

current practice, trade date adjustments for portfolio transactions or capital share transactions occurring on 

the balance sheet date (otherwise known as “as of” adjustments) are included in the GAAP NAV per share.

313 See KPMG Comment Letter.

314 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.F.1.g.

315 See EY Comment Letter; KPMG Comment Letter.

316 See KPMG Comment Letter.

317 We also note that today, without the use of swing pricing, there could be differences between the GAAP 

NAV and the transactional NAV calculated and used by funds to process investor orders, due to the fact 

that GAAP NAV is calculated as of T+0 for financial statement purposes (i.e., includes trade date 
100

swing pricing, if the NAV is swung on the last day of the reporting period it could be higher or 

lower than the GAAP NAV presented in the financial statements, depending on the direction of 

the swing. For example, as one commenter noted, if a fund on the last day of the financial 

reporting period (when considering subscriptions or redemptions that day) in calculating its daily 

NAV made a determination to adjust or swing the NAV according to its swing pricing policies 

and procedures, and applied the swing pricing factor to its unswung NAV of $10.00, which 

resulted in a Swung NAV of $9.90 (as a result of large redemptions), shareholder redemption 

(and subscription) transactions would be processed at the Swung NAV of $9.90 on the last day 

of the reporting period.318 Assuming that the effect of processing transactions at $9.90 increases 

the fund’s NAV to $10.01, and there were no other financial reporting trade date adjustments, the 

GAAP NAV would be $10.01.

To further clarify, for funds that implement swing pricing, the GAAP NAV would 

include any of the effects of swing pricing throughout the entire period (if applicable), and the 

Swung NAV (if it swings at period end) would represent the transactional NAV on the last day 

of the period, which has been adjusted by the swing factor. 

Commenters questioned whether the GAAP NAV per share or the Swung NAV per share 

would be more meaningful to users of the financial statements.319 After consideration of the 

concerns raised above, we believe that disclosure of the GAAP NAV per share (which will 

reflect the effects of swing pricing throughout the reporting period, if applicable), continues to be 

 

adjustments for portfolio investments and capital share activity as noted above) and fund complexes 

generally calculate NAV and transact on a T+1 basis in accordance with rule 2a-4. Thus, some of the 

adjustments between the GAAP NAV and the transactional NAV that currently exist are due to, among 

other things, the financial reporting adjustments for trade date (T+0) activity. 

318 See KPMG Comment Letter.

319 See EY Comment Letter; KPMG Comment Letter.
101

the appropriate disclosure on the statement of assets and liabilities as it allows users of the 

financial statements to understand the actual amount of net assets attributable to the fund’s 

remaining shareholders at period end. The population of investors that typically transact as of 

the financial reporting date is generally less than those investors that do not transact and are still 

invested in the fund as of the financial reporting date. Therefore, we believe that the GAAP 

NAV is likely to be more meaningful to a larger population of shareholders. 

Furthermore, users of the financial statements can easily recalculate the GAAP NAV per 

share on the statement of assets and liabilities by dividing the net assets of the fund (or share 

class) by the outstanding shares of the fund (or share class) as presented on the statement of 

assets and liabilities. As proposed, users of the financial statements would not have been able to 

recalculate the Swung NAV disclosed based on the information on the statement of assets and 

liabilities. Therefore, we are not adopting the proposed amendment to Regulation S-X rule 6-

04.19 to require funds to disclose the Swung NAV on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities in 

lieu of or in addition to the GAAP NAV on the balance sheet, and funds will continue to disclose 

the GAAP NAV as currently required. 

However, as we discuss below in the financial highlights section, we believe that 

transparency of the Swung NAV is still meaningful for investors and should be disclosed in the 

financial highlights section of the financial statements in addition to the GAAP NAV. 

Furthermore, while we are not requiring funds to present the Swung NAV on the balance sheet, 

this does not preclude funds or preparers of financial statements from including the Swung NAV 

on the balance sheet or elsewhere in the financial statements if funds believe such disclosures are 

beneficial for investors and provided there is an explanation of the differences between the 

Swung NAV and the GAAP NAV as presented. 
102

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

As we noted in the Proposing Release, swing pricing also impacts disclosures of capital 

share transactions included in a fund’s statement of changes in net assets.320 A fund using swing 

pricing to adjust its NAV makes payments for shares redeemed and receives payments for shares 

purchased net of the swing pricing adjustment. Using the example above, if a fund had an 

unswung NAV of $10.00 on a given day before considering swing pricing and the Swung NAV 

after applying the swing factor pursuant to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures was 

$9.90, shareholders would transact at $9.90 multiplied by the number of shares purchased or 

redeemed. The $0.10 difference between the swung and unswung NAV would be retained by 

the fund for its net redemptions to offset transaction and liquidity costs. This $0.10 difference 

per share should be accounted for as a capital transaction and not included as income to the fund, 

because it is an adjustment made to offset the near-term transactional and liquidity costs incurred 

as a result of satisfying shareholder transactions. Funds are required by Regulation S-X rule 

6-09.4(b) to disclose the number of shares and dollar amounts received for shares sold and paid 

for shares redeemed.321 Thus, for funds that implement swing pricing (and in the example above 

where transactions were processed using the swung NAV of $9.90 per share), Regulation S-X 

would require the dollar amount disclosed to be based on the transactional NAVs used to process 

investor subscriptions and redemptions, including those processed using Swung NAVs during 

the reporting period. Commenters generally agreed with this approach and noted that the 

 320 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.F.4.

321 See 17 CFR 210.6-09.4(b).
103

statement of changes in net assets should reflect the actual amounts that would be received by the 

fund and that would be paid to its shareholders.322

Financial Highlights 

We continue to believe, as we discussed in the proposal,323 that a fund should include the 

impact of swing pricing in its financial highlights,

324 and the per share impact of amounts 

retained by the fund due to swing pricing should be included in the fund’s disclosures of per 

share operating performance.325 However, commenters also asked for clarification on how to 

present the cumulative impact of swing pricing on NAV throughout the year as opposed to the 

impact of swing pricing as of the financial reporting period end date. In response to these 

concerns, we are modifying our proposal and amending Item 13 of N-1A326 to require disclosure 

of the Swung NAV per share, if applicable, as a separate line item below the ending GAAP NAV 

per share on the financial highlights.

327 We are also amending, as proposed, Item 13 of Form N1A to specifically require that the per share impact of amounts related to swing pricing be 

disclosed below the total distributions line in a fund’s financial highlights.328 We are also 

requiring a general description of the effects of swing pricing on the fund’s financial 

statements.

329 This presentation addresses commenters’ questions around the impact of swing 

 322 See EY Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter.

323 See supra footnote 315.

324 See Item 13 of Form N-1A. 

325 FASB ASC 946-205-50-7 requires specific per share information to be presented in the financial highlights 

for registered investment companies, including disclosure of the per share amount of purchase premiums, 

redemption fees, or other capital items.

326 See supra footnote 315. Funds follow the instructions to Item 13 of Form N-1A for the Financial 

Highlights presentation in fund registration statements. 

327 Id. See Item 13(a) of Form N-1A.

328 Id.

329 See infra section II.A.3.g (Financial Statement Footnote Disclosure discussion).
104

pricing throughout the year and as of the period end date, as the cumulative impact of swing 

pricing during the period will be presented within the financial highlight’s GAAP NAV per share 

roll-forward as a separate line item under total distributions, and the impact of swing pricing as 

of the period end date, if any, would be disclosed by presenting the Swung NAV. One 

commenter noted that presenting two NAVs is conceptually consistent with the current 

requirement for closed-end funds.

330 Item 4 of Form N-2 requires closed-end funds to present 

both the net asset value at the end of the period as well as the per-share market value at the end

of the period, which is a transaction price, in the per-share operating performance. 

Performance Reporting

We proposed to require funds to calculate total return within the financial highlights and 

performance information based on the Swung NAV.

331 Commenters questioned whether total 

return should be based on other measures such as the GAAP NAV, which as clarified above, 

would include the cumulative effect of swing pricing along with financial reporting adjustments, 

or an unadjusted NAV, which would not include any of the effects of swing pricing.

332 

Commenters had mixed responses on what total return was more meaningful to users of the 

financial statements. Some commenters agreed with the proposed approach of presenting total 

return using only the Swung NAV as it was consistent with how funds in Europe present total 

return, while acknowledging that it would require investor education in the U.S.333 We note that 

certain European funds disclose both the swung and unswung334 total returns for financial 

 330 See EY Comment Letter.

331 See supra footnote 315.

332 See EY Comment Letter; KPMG Comment Letter.

333 See ICI Comment Letter I; BlackRock Comment Letter.

334 See ALFI Survey 2015, supra footnote 42 (defining “unswung NAV” as the NAV without application of a 
105

statement purposes. Other commenters pointed out that presenting total return based only on the 

Swung NAV introduced volatility unrelated to fund performance, and felt that performance 

benefits of swing pricing could lead to manipulation by managers and lead them to adopt 

aggressive swing policies.335 Along the same lines, some commenters felt that total return based 

on an unadjusted NAV (that excludes the effects of swing pricing) may provide useful 

information for comparative purposes with other funds and benchmarks that do not use swing 

pricing.336 Some commenters noted that total return calculated based on the GAAP NAV may 

also be meaningful for shareholders that remain in the fund and that did not transact or redeem 

shares during the year,337 similar to the logic supporting presenting the GAAP NAV on the 

balance sheet. 

After further consideration, we still believe that it is important for investors to understand 

the impact of swing pricing on the return they would have received for the period presented in 

the fund’s financial statements, but we think this is best represented by the GAAP NAV, which 

does incorporate the effects of swing pricing if applicable throughout the period. Presenting a 

total return based on the transactional, or Swung NAV could introduce elements of variability 

depending on whether or not the fund had swung the NAV as of the last or first day in the 

reporting period. Thus, along the same lines for not requiring the Swung NAV on the balance 

sheet, we do not believe the total return based on the Swung NAV, if applicable, would provide 

any additional significant information to shareholders. Even those investors transacting as of the 

last day in the period would not receive the total return based on the Swung NAV for the period, 

 

swing factor). 

335 See EY Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter.

336 See ICI Comment Letter I.

337 See EY Comment Letter.
106

except in a rare circumstance in which they had bought into the fund on the first day of the 

period and sold out of the fund on the last day of the period and swing pricing was implemented 

on those days. 

Therefore, we believe presenting the total return based on the GAAP NAV in the 

financial highlights, which will include the cumulative effects of swing pricing, if applicable, is 

more meaningful to shareholders that remain in the fund as of the end of the reporting period. 

Thus, we are not adopting the proposed amendments to Form N-1A with respect to the 

calculation of total return within Instructions 3(a) and 3(d) to Item 13, and to Item 26, which also 

would have required disclosure of the total return based on the Swung NAV. 

However, we are including an additional disclosure requirement related to performance 

data presented in the prospectus, if a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures were applied 

during any of the periods presented. This new disclosure would require a fund to include a 

general description of the effects of swing pricing on a fund’s annual and average total returns 

for the applicable periods presented in a footnote.338 We requested comment in the Proposing 

Release on whether funds should be required to disclose additional information regarding swing 

pricing on Form N-1A and, if so, what information should be disclosed. We also requested 

comment on whether we should require disclosure of more information on amounts retained by 

the fund because of swing pricing and certain additional information that would highlight the 

effect of swing pricing on the fund’s returns. Several commenters recommended that the 

Commission require additional transparency regarding a fund’s use of swing pricing.339 The 

additional disclosure would provide transparency to investors by highlighting that the cumulative 

 338 Item 4(b)(2)(ii) and Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E) of Form N-1A. 

339 See Eaton Vance Comment Letter; AFR Comment Letter. 
107

effect of swing pricing, where applicable, is reflected in the performance data presented for the 

fund. 

Furthermore, while we are not requiring total return to be presented based on the Swung 

NAV within the financial statements, we are not prohibiting funds from disclosing the total 

return based on the Swung NAV outside of the financial statements in other performance 

information. We also acknowledge that presenting total return based on an unadjusted NAV 

could be useful for comparative purposes, but we note that it is a hypothetical measure not 

derived from the NAV that shareholders would have transacted at or the GAAP NAV as 

presented in the financial statements which is attributable to the fund’s remaining shareholders. 

Therefore, while we do not believe an unadjusted NAV should be disclosed in the audited 

financial statements, we are not prohibiting funds from disclosing an unadjusted NAV outside of 

the financial statements in other performance information.340 

Financial Statement Footnote Disclosure

Commenters were generally supportive of the swing pricing disclosures in the notes to 

the fund’s financial statements that would have been required by the proposal.

341 We are 

adopting the requirement, as proposed, for a fund that adopts swing pricing policies and 

procedures to disclose in a footnote to its financial statements: (i) the general methods used in 

determining whether the fund’s net asset value per share will swing, (ii) whether the fund’s net 

asset value per share has swung during the period, and (iii) a general description of the effects of 

 340 Item 26 (b)(6) of Form N-1A, Non-Standardized Performance Quotation, notes that a fund may calculate 

performance using any other, non-standardized historical measure of performance (not subject to any 

prescribed method of computation) if the measurement reflects all elements of return. Funds should 

consider this provision when contemplating presentation of a total return based on an unadjusted NAV that 

does not reflect the effects of swing pricing for the period presented.

341 See ICI Comment Letter I. 
108

swing pricing on the fund’s financial statements.342 This would include a description of the 

differences between the ending US GAAP NAV and ending NAV adjusted for its swing policies 

and procedures, if applicable, as presented in the financial highlights included in the financial 

statements. Based on comments received as noted above, we continue to believe that this 

information will be useful in understanding the impact of swing pricing on a fund.

NAV Pricing Errors

Commenters noted that certain components of the swing pricing process will be based on 

estimates. Commenters were concerned that swing pricing could introduce a new source of 

pricing errors and potentially cause a fund to misstate its NAV if these estimates were materially 

incorrect. These concerns primarily relate to estimating daily net investor transaction flows that 

would be used to determine whether a fund’s swing threshold has been exceeded, which would 

require adjusting the fund’s NAV in accordance with the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures.343 Certain commenters called for additional Commission guidance regarding 

circumstances that would constitute pricing errors under the swing pricing rules, as proposed.344 

Other commenters suggested that the Commission provide guidance and/or adopt a “safe harbor” 

or a standard of liability with respect to any pricing errors that could result from a fund’s use of 

flow estimates to determine whether to adjust the fund’s NAV for swing pricing.345 Several 

commenters also noted that certain components of the swing pricing process, such as thresholds 

and factors, will incorporate some degree of estimation in determining when transaction costs 

 342 See supra footnote 315; see also rule 6-03(n) of Regulation S-X.

343 See BlackRock Comment Letter.

344 See, e.g., Dechert Comment Letter.

345 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; MFS Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; SIFMA 

Comment Letter III.
109

(incurred as a result of the disposition or purchase of fund assets associated with net flows) will 

have a material impact on the fund.346 

We believe fund management with oversight by the fund’s board of directors is in the 

best position to tailor and oversee any error correction policies that may relate to conducting 

swing pricing for a fund. Accordingly, we believe funds should consider how their error 

correction policies and procedures will address swing pricing to the extent necessary to address 

the use of reasonable estimates related to swing pricing,

347 including appropriate parameters 

around what constitutes an error with respect to their swing pricing policies and procedures. 

Funds should consider making any estimates with respect to the different swing pricing 

components (e.g., net flows, thresholds and factors) utilizing reasonable processes and 

procedures. Such estimates generally should be based on sufficient and appropriate 

information.348 We recognize that funds may take different approaches in determining such 

estimates, based on the particular circumstances of the fund and in developing formal or informal 

policies and procedures. Funds also may wish to conduct back-testing of estimated fund flows

and other estimates using complete or final data to refine their estimation processes as 

appropriate over time and help ensure that estimates utilized for swing pricing are reasonable. 

We acknowledge the concerns expressed above about the use of estimates, including that 

a fund following its swing pricing policies and procedures could gather sufficient information in 

 346 Id.

347 See supra section II.A.3.d. (discussing the use of reasonable estimates in determining net transaction flows 

for swing pricing). The rule as adopted permits the person(s) responsible for administering the fund’s 

swing pricing policies and procedures, in determining whether the fund’s level of net purchase or net 

redemptions has exceed the applicable threshold, to make a determination based on receipt of sufficient 

information about a fund’s daily shareholder flows to allow the fund to reasonably estimate whether it has 

crossed the swing threshold(s) with high confidence, and may include reasonable estimates where 

necessary.

348 See id.
110

order to make a reasonable estimate of investor flows in good faith in determining whether or not

it has crossed the swing threshold with high confidence, which subsequently is determined to 

differ from its actual fund flows. For example, differences in actual versus estimated net flows 

could arise from adjustments subsequently made to certain transactions processed, or because 

certain fund flows were not included in the estimates received at the point the fund decided to 

swing or not swing the fund’s NAV, or by using the prior day’s NAV to estimate certain pricedependent transaction orders.349 We believe that as long as the fund has followed reasonable 

practices, policies and procedures in gathering sufficient information in determining whether net 

investor flows (which may include reasonable estimates) have exceeded the applicable threshold 

used for swing pricing, such differences would not in and of itself result in a determination of a 

NAV pricing error requiring reprocessing of transactions or a financial statement adjustment to 

the fund’s NAV.

A fund should follow its error correction policies, which likely would include a 

quantitative and qualitative analysis of the facts and circumstances of a particular scenario to 

determine whether a pricing error has occurred. In the context of swing pricing, such errors may 

result from inputs used, or the application of the decision to swing price or not, or when applying 

a factor in calculating the swung NAV. For example, differences in estimated net investor flows

versus final flow data could result from a processing error, such as inadvertent exclusion of 

significant estimated flow data provided to the fund’s transfer agent by an intermediary, 

impacting the fund’s decision to swing or not on a particular day (or days). Or an error could 

occur in applying an incorrect swing factor to a fund’s NAV, for example, if a fund’s swing 

pricing policies and procedures incorporate multiple thresholds and factors. As with any other 

 349 See id.
111

NAV calculation or processing error, the fund generally should consider these types of errors and 

whether it would be appropriate to adjust the fund’s NAV and reprocess in accordance with their 

error correction policies.

Auditor’s Role in Examining the Use of Swing Pricing

Certain commenters also expressed concerns with the auditor’s role in evaluating the 

application of swing pricing, including that auditors do not have the expertise to assess the 

reasonableness of the swing threshold and the swing factor that are being used by a fund.350 We 

agree that assessing the reasonableness of the swing threshold and the swing factor is the 

responsibility of the swing pricing administrator overseen by the board of directors. We do not 

believe the auditor should have the responsibility to assess the reasonableness of the swing 

threshold and swing factor provided there is no indication of noncompliance with the 

Commission’s rule.351 However, we believe that verifying that the swing policies and procedures 

have been approved by the fund’s board and have been consistently applied, in all material 

respects, by the fund throughout the period, including as of the balance sheet date, is within the 

scope of an auditor’s engagement and expertise.

B. Disclosure and Reporting Requirements Regarding Swing Pricing

Receiving relevant information about the operations of a fund and its principal 

investment risks is important to investors in choosing the appropriate fund for their risk 

tolerances. We are adopting, substantially as proposed, with some modifications in response to 

 350 See EY Comment Letter; KPMG Comment Letter.

351 However, in evaluating the application of swing pricing the auditor must still comply with applicable

professional standards (e.g., PCAOB Auditing Standard (“AS”) No. 8, Audit Risk, AU sec. 316, 

Consideration of Fraud in a Financial Statement Audit, and AU sec. 317, Illegal Acts by Clients). This 

includes considering and addressing instances of noncompliance of which the auditor becomes aware, 

which includes but is not limited to indications of potential fraudulent practices. 
112

comments, amendments to Form N-1A that require funds that use swing pricing to provide an 

explanation of the fund’s use of swing pricing; including what it is, the circumstances under 

which the fund will use swing pricing, and the effects of using swing pricing. 352 A fund that uses 

swing pricing will also be required to disclose the upper limit the fund has set on the swing 

factor.

353 These form amendments are in addition to amendments to Form N-1A and Regulation 

S-X discussed above regarding financial and performance reporting related to swing pricing.

354 

We are also adopting a requirement that a fund report on Form N-CEN information regarding the 

use of swing pricing, including a fund’s swing factor upper limit.

355 

1. Amendments to Form N-1A

Form N-1A is used by open-end funds, including money market funds and ETFs, to 

register under the Investment Company Act and to register offerings of their securities under the 

Securities Act. Form N-1A currently requires a fund to describe its procedures for pricing fund 

shares, including an explanation that the price of fund shares is based on the fund’s NAV and the 

method used to value fund shares.356 If the fund is an ETF, an explanation that the price of fund 

shares is based on market price is required.357 As discussed above, under rule 22c-1(a)(3), a fund 

(with the exception of a money market fund or ETF) is permitted, under certain circumstances, to 

use swing pricing to adjust its current NAV as an additional tool to lessen dilution of the value of 

 352 See Item 6(d) of Form N-1A.

353 See id. 

354 See Item 4(b)(2)(ii); Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E); Item 6(d); and Instructions to Item 13 of Form N-1A; see also rule 

6-02(n); and rule 6-04.19 of Regulation S-X. We are also amending rule 6-02(e) of Regulation S-X to 

define the term “swing pricing” to have the meaning given in rule 22c-1(a)(3)(v)(C). 

355 See Item C.21 of Form N-CEN.

356 See Item 11(a)(1) of Form N-1A.

357 Id.
113

outstanding redeemable securities through shareholder purchase and redemption activity.358 

We are adopting, with some modifications from what was proposed, amendments to Item 

6 of Form N-1A to account for this swing pricing procedure. Specifically, Item 6, as amended, 

requires a fund that uses swing pricing to explain the fund’s use of swing pricing; including its 

meaning, the circumstances under which the fund will use it, and the effects of swing pricing on 

the fund and investors. Item 6, as amended, will also require a fund that uses swing pricing to

disclose the swing factor upper limit it has set with respect to the fund’s use of swing pricing.

359 

For a fund that invests in other funds (e.g., a fund-of-funds, a master-feeder fund) and those other 

funds use swing pricing, the fund is required to include a statement that its NAV is calculated 

based on the NAVs of the funds in which the fund invests, and that the prospectuses for those 

funds explain the circumstances under which those funds will use swing pricing and the effects 

of using swing pricing. 

Together with the changes described above regarding financial and performance 

reporting on Form N-1A,360 we believe these disclosures will improve public understanding 

regarding a fund’s use of swing pricing as well as the potential advantages and disadvantages of 

using swing pricing to manage dilution arising from shareholder purchase and redemption 

activity. In particular, the disclosure regarding a fund’s swing factor upper limit will provide 

transparency regarding the maximum amount that a shareholder could expect the share price that 

he or she receives upon purchase or redemption to be adjusted on account of swing pricing.

Some commenters expressed general support for the proposed swing pricing prospectus 

 358 See supra section II.B.

359 See Item 6(d) of Form N-1A.

360 See supra section II.A.3.g. (discussing amendments to Item 4(b)(2)(ii), Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E), Item 6(d), 

Instructions to Item 13).
114

disclosure requirements, explaining that swing pricing disclosures would provide investors with 

important general information about why and under what circumstances a fund would adjust its 

NAV and would complement existing Form N-1A disclosure requirements on how fund shares 

are priced.361 One of these commenters, however, recommended that the Commission clarify

what statements concerning swing pricing should be included in a fund’s prospectus and require 

any additional information about swing pricing be disclosed in a fund’s statement of additional 

information.362 Other commenters, however, supported swing pricing disclosure requirements, as 

proposed, without any request for additional guidance from the Commission.363 In response to 

these comments, we have modified the proposed Item 6 disclosure to require a fund that uses 

swing pricing to provide an explanation of swing pricing as well as its effects.364 We agree with 

commenters that these requirements will provide investors with important general information 

about swing pricing.365 Existing disclosure requirements in the prospectus and statement of 

additional information related to the pricing of fund shares, would apply to a fund’s use of swing 

pricing.

366

 361 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; see also CFA Comment Letter.

362 See CFA Comment Letter.

363 See Charles Schwab Comment Letter (recommending swing pricing policies be disclosed in the fund’s 

prospectus and easily accessible to the public online); see also ICI Comment Letter I.

364 See Item 6(d) of Form N-1A. We are also making a technical revision to Item 6(d) to clarify that, if 

applicable, funds investing in other funds are required to state that prospectuses of the underlying funds 

provide swing pricing information only where underlying funds are using swing pricing.

365 See, e.g., Instruction to Item 11(a)(1) of Form N-1A (disclosure requirements regarding a fund’s use of fair 

value pricing).

366 See, e.g., Item 11(a)(1) of Form N-1A (requiring a description of the procedures for pricing fund shares, 

including an explanation that the price of fund shares is based on a fund’s NAV and the method used to 

value fund shares); and Item 11(a)(2) of Form N-1A (requiring a statement as to when calculations of NAV 

are made and that the price at which a purchase or redemption is effected is based on the next calculation of 

NAV after the order is placed); see also Item 23 of Form N-1A (requiring in the statement of additional 

information a description of the method followed or to be followed by a fund in determining the total 

offering price at which its shares may be offered to the public and the method(s) used to value the fund’s 

assets).
115

As we proposed, we have determined not to require funds to disclose their swing pricing 

threshold or swing factor in their prospectus disclosures on Form N-1A. Some commenters 

supported this determination and, for example, expressed concerns that public disclosures of a 

fund’s swing pricing threshold or swing factor could result in unfair trading practices, thereby 

creating a new type of material non-public information (i.e., the trading intent of other 

shareholders).367 One commenter recommended that the Commission prohibit funds from 

selectively disclosing swing thresholds to certain investors to prevent potential gaming where, 

for example, larger shareholders may attempt to take advantage of pricing adjustments when a 

swing threshold is crossed.368 We share commenters’ concerns regarding unfair trading, gaming, 

and other negative fund and market impacts that could occur if swing pricing thresholds were 

shared with the public and recommend that a fund consider these concerns (and determine that 

disclosure of a fund’s swing threshold is in the best interests of the fund) before disclosing this 

information in its prospectus or elsewhere. Indeed, funds and advisers to funds generally should 

take into consideration the potential for gaming into account and any other potential 

consequences before making any such disclosure.369 As noted above, we are requiring a fund to 

disclose the swing factor upper limit to provide shareholders with additional transparency 

regarding a fund’s use of swing pricing and the potential impact of that usage.

 367 See Federated Comment Letter.

368 See CFA Comment Letter.

369 See, e.g., In re Alliance Capital Management, L.P., Investment Advisers Act Release No. 2205A (Jan. 15, 

2004) (settled action) (finding a mutual fund adviser willfully violated section 204A of the Advisers Act by 

failing to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent 

the misuse of material, nonpublic information by releasing material, nonpublic information about the 

portfolio holdings of certain mutual funds to select market timers in those funds and thereby defrauding 

mutual fund investors).
116

2. New Item in Form N-CEN

We proposed a new reporting item under Part C of Form N-CEN to allow the 

Commission and other users to track a fund’s use of swing pricing.

370 We are adopting this 

reporting requirement substantially as proposed but with a modification to require funds to 

disclose the fund’s swing factor upper limit.

371 Specifically, a fund, other than a money market 

fund or ETF, is required to disclose whether it engaged in swing pricing during the reporting 

period, and if so, the swing factor upper limit set by the fund.

372 This disclosure will inform our 

staff and potential users about whether funds use swing pricing as a tool to mitigate dilution of 

the value of outstanding redeemable securities through shareholder purchase and redemption 

activity and the potential maximum amount the fund’s price may be swung. While several 

commenters expressed general support for the Form N-CEN reporting requirements included in 

the proposal,373 we received no comments on this aspect of the proposal.

C. Effective and Compliance Dates

1. Swing Pricing Rule

Rule 22c-1(a)(3) permits (but does not require) a fund (with the exception of a money 

market fund or ETF) to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures. The Commission is 

 370 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.G.3.

371 See Item C.21 of Form N-CEN. Under the proposal, questions regarding swing pricing were included as 

part of proposed Item C.44 of Form N-CEN. See id. We have modified the numbering convention for 

items within Form N-CEN from the proposal to be consistent with Form N-CEN as adopted in the 

Investment Company Reporting Modernization Adopting Release. See Investment Company Reporting 

Modernization Adopting Release, supra footnote 11. Reporting requirements regarding lines of credit, 

interfund lending, and interfund borrowing (which were included in the same item as swing pricing in the 

proposal), are now part of Item C.20 of Form N-CEN. See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting 

Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.M.3.a.

372 Item C.21 of Form N-CEN. 

373 See, e.g., CFA Comment Letter; Federated Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II; Vanguard 

Comment Letter.
117

delaying the effective date of rule 22c-1(a)(3) until 24 months after the date this release is 

published in the Federal Register. In the Proposing Release, the Commission stated that a fund 

could rely on the rule as soon as the fund could comply with the rule and related records, 

financial reporting, and prospectus disclosure requirements.374 As discussed in section II.A.3.

above, we agree with the commenters who suggested that funds, service providers and 

intermediaries may need to work through operational issues,375 and believe that delaying the 

effectiveness of swing pricing may allow for the creation of industry-wide operational solutions 

in a more efficient manner and that therefore providing an extended effective date may more 

effectively facilitate the adoption of swing pricing. In light of the extended effective date and 

discretionary nature of swing pricing, we believe that a compliance period is unnecessary.

2. Amendments to Form N-1A and Regulation S-X and New Item in Form N-CEN

In the Proposing Release, the Commission expected to require all initial registration 

statements on Form N-1A, and all post-effective amendments that are annual updates to effective 

registration statements on Form N-1A, filed six months or more after the effective date, to 

comply with the proposed amendments to Form N-1A.376 Few commenters discussed the Form 

N-1A amendments. One commenter agreed that 6 months was sufficient to comply with the 

amendments;377 another commenter requested 30 months to comply.378 Because we do not expect 

that funds will require significant amounts of time to prepare the additional disclosures regarding 

 374 Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.H. 

375 See, e.g., BlackRock Comment Letter; CRMC Comment Letter; Fidelity Comment Letter; ICI Comment 

Letter I. 

376 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.H. The proposal included amendments to Form N1A related to swing pricing, as well as amendments to Form N-1A related to a fund’s redemption practices. 

See id. 

377 See ICI Comment Letter I.

378 See Vanguard Comment Letter.
118

swing pricing,

379 and we believe that a fund should disclose the use of swing pricing to investors 

before it is used, the compliance date for the amendments to Form N-1A discussed herein is the 

same as the effective date for rule 22c-1(a)(3). Likewise, we believe the additional disclosures 

regarding swing pricing within the financial statements related to the Regulation S-X 

amendments discussed above should be included in any financial statements in which swing 

pricing is implemented on or after the effective date. We note that only funds using swing 

pricing are required to provide the Form N-1A and financial statement disclosure amendments

we are adopting today as part of this Release.

For Form N-CEN, we proposed a compliance date of 18 months after the effective date to 

comply with the new reporting requirements.380 No commenters specifically addressed the 

compliance date for the reporting requirements applicable to swing pricing, but several 

commenters expressed concerns about operational limitations and requested 30 months for all 

entities to comply with the new reporting requirements on Form N-CEN.381 As with the 

amendments to Form N-1A, the compliance date for the new reporting requirements related to 

swing pricing on Form N-CEN will be the same as the effective date for rule 22c-1(a)(3).

III. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

A. Introduction and Primary Goals of Regulation

1. Introduction

As discussed above, the Commission is adopting regulatory changes to permit funds to 

 379 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section III.H.

380 Id. The proposal included new items on Form N-CEN related to a fund’s lines of credit, interfund lending, 

and interfund borrowing. See also Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 

8, at section III.L.3. 

381 See Cohen & Steers Comment Letter; Fidelity Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; Vanguard 

Comment Letter.
119

use swing pricing under rule 22c-1(a)(3) and to require new disclosures regarding swing pricing 

(collectively, the “swing pricing regulations”). In summary, and as discussed in greater detail in 

section II above, the swing pricing regulations include:

o Final rule 22c-1(a)(3) will permit (but not require) a fund (except a money market fund or 

ETF) to establish and implement swing pricing policies and procedures that would, under 

certain circumstances, require the fund to use swing pricing to adjust its current NAV to 

lessen potential dilution of the value of outstanding redeemable securities caused by

shareholder purchase and redemption activity. A fund that engages in swing pricing will 

be subject to certain disclosure and reporting requirements. Relative to the proposed rule, 

the final rule provides funds greater flexibility in setting multiple swing thresholds and 

threshold-specific swing factors, but imposes certain additional conditions, primarily a 

cap for the swing factor and limitations on how the swing factor can be set.

o Amendments to Form N-1A and Regulation S-X and an item on new Form N-CEN will 

require enhanced fund disclosure and reporting regarding swing pricing.

o Amendments to rule 31a-2 will require a fund that chooses to use swing pricing to create 

and maintain a record of support for each computation of an adjustment to the NAV of 

the fund’s shares based on the fund’s swing policies and procedures. 

The Commission is sensitive to the economic effects of the swing pricing regulations, 

including the benefits and costs as well as the effects on efficiency, competition, and capital 

formation. The economic effects are discussed below in the context of the primary goals of the 

swing pricing regulations.

2. Primary Goals

The primary goals of the swing pricing regulations are to promote investor protection by 
120

allowing a fund, if it chooses, to use swing pricing to mitigate potential dilution of 

non-transacting shareholders’ interests that could occur when the fund incurs costs as a result of 

other investors’ purchase or redemption activity.382 To the extent that such costs are not borne by 

redeeming or subscribing shareholders when exiting or entering a fund, such shareholders have 

no incentive to consider transaction costs that occur when the fund needs to sell or buy assets 

because they can do so at the daily NAV. Swing pricing allows a fund to address this dilution 

effect by allocating certain of the fund’s anticipated transaction costs to redeeming and 

subscribing shareholders. Furthermore, because redeeming shareholders do not bear the cost of 

exiting a fund, shareholders might have an incentive for early redemptions in times of liquidity 

stress because of a first-mover advantage, which could result in further dilution of 

non-transacting shareholders’ interests.383 To the extent that such a first-mover advantage 

triggers the sale of less liquid portfolio investments at discounted or even fire sale prices,

correlated investments and funds and other investors holding these and correlated investments 

will be negatively impacted.

384 For reasons discussed in detail below, we believe that the ability 

for a fund to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures should mitigate the risk of potential 

shareholder dilution and decrease the incentive for early redemption in times of liquidity stress.

Swing pricing regulations also are meant to address the significant growth in the assets 

managed by funds with strategies that focus on holding relatively less liquid investments (such as 

fixed income funds, including emerging market debt funds, open-end funds with alternative 

strategies, and emerging market equity funds), which could incur significant trading costs and 

 382 We use the term “non-transacting shareholder” to reference shareholders that either remain in the fund or 

are already in the fund as opposed to redeeming or subscribing shareholders.

383 See supra footnote 20 and accompanying text; infra sections III.B.1. and III.B.2.

384 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n.54.
121

hence could give rise to increased dilution effects from redeeming and subscribing shareholders

in those funds.

385 Furthermore, there has also been considerable growth in assets managed by 

funds that exhibit characteristics, for example high investor flow volatility, that also could give 

rise to increased dilution effects.

386 Collectively, these industry trends emphasize the importance 

of allowing funds to choose to use swing pricing.

B. Economic Baseline

The swing pricing regulations will affect, directly or indirectly, all funds and their 

investors, investment advisers and other service providers, all issuers of the portfolio securities in 

which funds invest, and other market participants potentially affected by fund and investor 

behavior. The economic baseline of the swing pricing regulations includes funds’ current 

practices regarding swing pricing as well as the recent development of the fund industry.

1. Funds’ Current Practices Regarding Swing Pricing

Commission rules and guidance do not currently address the ability of an open-end fund 

to use swing pricing to mitigate potential dilution of fund shareholders, and U.S. registered funds 

do not currently use swing pricing. However, as discussed above, certain foreign funds currently 

do use swing pricing.387 We understand that some fund complexes that include U.S. registered 

funds also include foreign-domiciled funds that currently use swing pricing.

 385 See supra section II.C.1.; infra section III.B.2; see also Paul Hanouna, Jon Novak, Tim Riley & Christof 

Stahel, Liquidity and Flows of U.S. Mutual Funds, Division of Economic and Risk Analysis White Paper 

(Sept. 2015) (“DERA Study”), at 6-9, available at https://www.sec.gov/dera/staff-papers/whitepapers/liquidity-white-paper-09-2015.pdf (“DERA Study”). Relevant statistics from the DERA Study were 

updated through 2015 using the CRSP US Mutual Fund Database.

386 See infra section III.B.2.

387 See supra footnotes 41-44 and accompanying text.
122

2. Fund Industry Developments Related to Swing Pricing

a. Overview

Below we discuss the size and growth of the U.S. fund industry generally, as well as the 

growth of various investment strategies within the industry. We show that the fund industry has 

grown significantly in the past two decades, and, during this period, funds with international 

strategies, fixed income funds, and funds with alternative strategies have grown particularly 

quickly. Generally, funds with these strategies are more likely to invest in assets that are less 

liquid, for example, when compared to domestic large capitalization equity, and therefore 

redeeming and subscribing investors are more likely to dilute non-transacting investors’ interests. 

We also examine trends regarding the volatility of fund flows, discussing in particular those 

types of funds that demonstrate notably volatile flows. Because funds with larger flow volatility 

can experience higher levels of redemptions and subscriptions, which can dilute the interests of 

non-transacting shareholders, assessing trends regarding flow volatility can provide information 

about sectors of the fund industry that could be particularly susceptible to dilution effects.

b. Size and Growth of the U.S. Fund Industry and Various Investment Strategies Within the 

Industry

Open-end funds and ETFs manage a significant and growing amount of assets in U.S. 

financial markets. As of the end of 2015, there were 10,633 open-end funds (excluding money 

market funds, but including ETFs), as compared to 5,279 at the end of 1996.388 The assets of 

these funds were $15.0 trillion in 2015, having grown from about $2.63 trillion in 1996.389 

 388 See Investment Company Institute, 2016 Investment Company Fact Book (2016) (“2016 ICI Fact Book”), 

available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/2016_factbook.pdf, at 22, 176, 183. Specifically, as of the end of 

2015, there were 9,039 open-end mutual funds (including funds that invest in other funds) and 1,594 ETFs. 

There were approximately 50 ETFs that invest in other ETFs, which are not included in our figures.

389 See id., at 174, 182.
123

U.S. equity funds represent the greatest percentage of U.S. open-end fund industry 

assets.

390 As of the end of 2015, excluding ETFs, money market funds and variable annuities, 

open-end U.S. equity funds held 44.7% of U.S. fund industry assets. The investment strategies 

with the next-highest percentages of U.S. fund industry assets are foreign equity funds (16.7%), 

general bond funds (13.2%), and mixed strategy funds (12.3%).391 Funds with alternative 

strategies392 only represent a small percentage of the U.S. fund industry assets, but as discussed 

below, the number of alternative strategy funds and the assets of this sector have grown 

considerably in recent years.393

While the overall growth rate of funds’ assets has been generally high (about 7.2% per 

year, between the years 2000 and 2015394), it has varied significantly by investment strategy.395 

U.S. equity funds’ assets grew substantially in terms of dollars from the end of 2000 to 2015,396

but this sector’s assets as a percentage of total U.S. fund industry assets decreased from about 

65% to about 45% during that same period.397 Like U.S. equity funds, the assets of U.S. 

corporate bond funds, government bond funds, and municipal bond funds also increased in terms 

of dollars from 2000 to 2015, but each of these sectors’ assets as a percentage of the fund 

 390 DERA Study, supra footnote 385, at Table 1.

391 Id. The figure for general bond funds does not include assets attributable to foreign bond funds (1.9%), 

U.S. corporate bond funds (0.8%), U.S. government bond funds (1.4%), and U.S. municipal bond funds 

(4.7%). 

392 Alternative funds are funds that seek total returns through the use of alternative investment strategies, 

including but not limited to equity market neutral, long/short equity, global macro, event driven, credit 

focus strategies.

393 Id., at 7-8.

394 Id., at Table 2.

395 The figures in this paragraph and the following paragraph, discussing the variance in growth rate of funds’ 

assets by investment strategy, exclude ETF assets. 

396 U.S. equity funds held about $5.6 trillion as the end of 2015, compared to about $2.9 trillion at the end of 

2000. DERA Study, supra footnote 385, at Table 2.

397 Id., at Table 2.
124

industry decreased during this period.398 On the other hand, the assets of foreign equity funds, 

general bond funds, and foreign bond funds increased steadily and substantially as a percentage 

of the fund industry over the same period.399 For example, foreign equity funds increased 

steadily from 10.6% of total industry assets in 2000 to 16.7% in 2015. And within these three 

investment strategies, certain investment subclasses (emerging market debt and emerging market 

equity) have grown particularly quickly from 2000 to 2015.400 The overall growth rate of funds’ 

assets between the years 2000 and 2015 was greater for index funds (12.3%) than actively 

managed funds (4.9%).401

The assets of funds with alternative strategies402 also have grown rapidly in recent years. 

From 2005 to 2015, the assets of alternative strategy funds grew from $366 million to $310 

billion, and from the end of 2011 to the end of 2013, the assets of alternative strategy funds grew 

 398 Id. U.S. corporate bond funds held about $95 billion at the end of 2015, as opposed to $66 billion in 2000; 

these funds’ assets as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry decreased from 1.5% in 2000 to 0.8% in 2015. 

U.S. government bond funds held about $174 billion at the end of 2015, as opposed to $91 billion in 2000; 

these funds’ assets as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry decreased from 2.1% in 2000 to 1.4% in 2015. 

U.S. municipal bond funds held about $592 billion at the end of 2015, as opposed to $278 billion in 2000; 

these funds’ assets as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry decreased from 6.3% in 2000 to 4.7% in 2015.

399 Id. Foreign equity funds held about $2.1 trillion in 2015, as opposed to $465 billion in 2000. U.S. general 

bond funds held about $1.7 trillion at the end of 2015, as opposed to $240 billion in 2000; these funds’ 

assets as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry increased from 5.4% in 2000 to 13.2% in 2015. Foreign 

bond funds held about $244 billion at the end of 2015, as opposed to $19 billion in 2000; these funds’ 

assets as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry increased from 0.4% in 2000 to 1.9% in 2015.

400 Id., at 9. Emerging market debt and emerging market equity funds held about $289 billion at the end of 

2015, as opposed to $20 billion in 2000. The assets of emerging market debt funds and emerging market 

equity funds grew by an average of 18.1% and 19.8%, respectively, each year from 2000 through 2015. 

These investment subclasses represent a small portion of the U.S. mutual fund industry (the combined 

assets of these investment subclasses as a percentage of the U.S. fund industry was 2.3% at the end of 

2015).

401 See 2016 ICI Fact Book, supra footnote 388, at 174, 218.

402 While there is no clear definition of “alternative” in the mutual fund space, an alternative mutual fund is 

generally understood to be a fund whose primary investment strategy falls into one or more of the three 

following buckets: (i) non-traditional asset classes (for example, currencies or managed futures funds); (ii) 

non-traditional strategies (such as long/short equity, event driven); and/or (iii) less liquid assets (such as 

private debt). Their investment strategies often seek to produce positive risk-adjusted returns that are not 

closely correlated to traditional investments or benchmarks, in contrast to traditional mutual funds that 

historically have pursued long-only strategies in traditional asset classes.
125

by an average rate of almost 80% each year. However, as discussed above, funds with 

alternative strategies remain a relatively small portion of the U.S. fund industry as a percentage 

of total assets.403 

c. Significance of Fund Industry Developments

The industry developments discussed above are notable for several reasons. The growth 

of funds generally over the past few decades demonstrates that investors have increasingly come 

to rely on investments in funds to meet their financial needs.404 These trends also demonstrate 

growth in particular types of funds that may entail increased concerns about dilution of 

non-transacting shareholder interests. In particular, there has been significant growth in 

high-yield bond funds, emerging market debt funds, and funds with alternative strategies, which 

generally invest in less liquid assets. Commissioners and Commission staff have previously 

spoken about the need to focus on potential liquidity risks relating to fixed income assets and 

fixed income funds,405 and within this sector, funds that invest in high-yield bonds could be 

subject to greater liquidity risk as they invest in lower-rated bonds that tend to be less liquid than 

investment grade fixed income securities.

406 Similarly, emerging market debt funds may invest 

 403 See supra footnote 393 and accompanying text.

404 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section II.A.

405 Id., at n.62 and accompanying text.

406 The Commission and Commission staff have cautioned that high yield securities may be considered to be 

illiquid, depending on the facts and circumstances. See Periodic Repurchases by Closed-End Management 

Investment Companies; Redemptions by Open-End Management Investment Companies and Registered 

Separate Accounts at Periodic Intervals or with Extended Payment, Investment Company Act Release No. 

18869 (July 28, 1992) [57 FR 34701 (Aug. 6, 1992)]; see also SEC Investor Bulletin, What Are High-Yield 

Corporate Bonds?, SEC Pub. No. 150 (June 2013), available at http://www.sec.gov/investor/alerts/ib_highyield.pdf (noting that high-yield bonds may be subject to more liquidity risk than, for example, 

investment-grade bonds). But see BlackRock, Who Owns the Assets? A Closer Look at Bank Loans, High 

Yield Bonds and Emerging Market Debt, Viewpoint (Sept. 2014) (“Who Owns the Assets?”), available at

https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/en-fi/literature/whitepaper/viewpoint-closer-look-selected-assetclasses-sept2014.pdf (discussing the liquidity characteristics of high-yield bond funds in depth, and noting 

that these funds have weathered multiple market environments, and are generally managed with multiple 

sources of liquidity).
126

in relatively illiquid securities with lengthy settlement periods.407 Likewise, funds with 

alternative strategies may hold portfolio investments that are relatively illiquid.408 Moreover, 

Commission staff economists have found that both foreign bond funds (including emerging 

market debt funds) and alternative strategy funds have historically experienced relatively more 

volatile flows than the average mutual fund,409 which would indicate the possibility of increased 

dilution effects from redeeming and subscribing shareholders in these funds.

One commenter has argued that flow volatility, which staff economists have used as a 

measure of liquidity risk, does not necessarily translate into liquidity risk.410 While we agree that 

flow volatility is not the sole determinant of liquidity risk for a fund, flow volatility reflects 

flows out of and into funds and hence is associated with transactions in fund investment assets, 

which can dilute non-transacting shareholders’ interest. 

C. Benefits and Costs, and Effects on Efficiency, Competition, and Capital 

Formation

Taking into account the goals of the final swing pricing regulations and the economic 

baseline, as discussed above, this section discusses the benefits and costs of the swing pricing

regulations, as well as the potential effects of the swing pricing regulations on efficiency, 

 407 See, e.g., Comment Letter of the Global Foreign Exchange Division to the European Commission and the 

European Securities and Markets Authority re: Consistent Regulatory Treatment for Incidental Foreign 

Exchange (FX) Transactions Related to Foreign Securities Settlement—“FX Security Conversions” (Mar. 

25, 2014), available at www.gfma.org/Initiatives/Foreign-Exchange-(FX)/GFMA-FX-Division-SubmitsComments-to-the-HKMA-on-the--Treatment-of-Securities-Conversion-Transactions-under-the-Marginand-Other-Risk-Mitigation-Standards (“Typically, the settlement cycle for most non-EUR denominated 

securities is trade date plus three days (‘T+3’). Accordingly, the bank custodian or broker-dealer would 

enter into a FX transaction on a T+3 basis as well. In some securities markets, for example in South Africa, 

the settlement cycle can take up to seven days (T+7).”). But see Who Owns the Assets?, supra footnote 

406 (noting that emerging market debt funds tend to hold a portion of their assets in developed market 

government bonds (providing further liquidity), generally establish limits on less liquid issuers, and 

generally maintain allocations to cash for liquidity and rebalancing purposes). 

408 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at nn.71-72 and accompanying text.

409 DERA Study, supra footnote 385, at 16-24.

410 Comment Letter of Investment Company Institute (May 17, 2016).
127

competition, and capital formation. This section also discusses the disclosure, reporting, and 

recordkeeping requirements regarding swing pricing and reasonable alternatives to rule 

22c-1(a)(3).

1. Requirements of Rule 22c 1(a)(3)

Under rule 22c-1(a)(3), a fund (with the exception of a money market fund or ETF) 

would be permitted to establish and implement swing pricing policies and procedures that would, 

under certain circumstances, require the fund to use swing pricing to adjust its current NAV as

an additional tool to lessen potential dilution of the value of outstanding redeemable securities 

caused by shareholder purchase or redemption activity. In order to use swing pricing under the 

rule, a fund would be required to establish and implement swing pricing policies and 

procedures.411 These policies and procedures must: (i) provide that the fund will adjust its NAV 

by amounts designated as the “swing factor(s)” once the level of net purchases or net 

redemptions from the fund has exceeded specified strictly positive percentage(s) of the fund’s 

net asset value known as the “swing threshold(s)”;412 (ii) specify the process for how the fund’s 

swing threshold(s) are determined, considering certain specified factors;413 and (iii) specify the 

process for how the swing factor(s) are determined, which must include the establishment of an 

upper limit on the swing factor(s) used, taking into account certain considerations and not 

exceeding a maximum of two percent of the fund’s NAV per share.

414

A fund’s board, including a majority of the fund’s independent directors, will be required 

to approve the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, which policies and procedures must 

 411 Proposed rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i).

412 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A).

413 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B).

414 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C).
128

specify the process for setting swing thresholds, swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limits.415 

In addition, the board must approve the fund’s swing threshold(s) and swing factor upper limit

(including any changes thereto).

416 The board also will be required to designate the fund’s 

investment adviser or officers responsible for administration of the fund’s swing pricing policies 

and procedures.417 Additionally, the board will be required to review, no less frequently than 

annually, a written report prepared by the swing pricing administrator that describes: (i) its 

review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness 

of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution; (ii) any material changes to 

the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the date of the last report; and (iii) its 

review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper 

limit considering the requirements of the rule, including the information and data supporting 

these determinations.

418

A fund that adopts swing pricing policies and procedures will be required to keep certain 

records, including its swing pricing policies and procedures and a written copy of the periodic 

report provided to the board,

419 as well as records of support for each computation of an 

adjustment to the fund’s NAV based on the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures.420 A 

fund that engages in swing pricing will be required to make certain disclosures, including 

disclosure of the fund’s swing factor upper limit, on Form N-1A and Form N-CEN.421 A fund 

 415 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(A).

416 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(B).

417 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(C).

418 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D).

419 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii).

420 Amendment to rule 31a-2(a)(2).

421 See Item 4(b)(2)(ii), Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E), and Item 6(d) of Form N-1A; Item C.21 of Form N-CEN.
129

that uses swing pricing will also be required to reflect its use of swing pricing in its financial 

statements and on Form N-1A.

422

The final rule modifies the proposal’s swing pricing provisions in several ways that may 

have economic consequences, including: (1) funds may establish multiple swing thresholds, each 

with a separate corresponding swing factor, and these factors can differ for subscriptions and 

redemptions; (2) a fund’s board is still required to approve the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures, but the final rule also requires that the policies and procedures specify the process 

for determining a swing threshold(s), factor(s), and swing factor upper limit; (3) funds must 

report the upper limit of the swing factor(s)—but not swing factor(s) or threshold(s)—on Form 

N-CEN and in their prospectus, along with disclosure of the effects of swing pricing; (4) the fund 

board must approve the fund’s swing threshold(s) and an upper limit on the swing factor(s) that 

are used by a fund (which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share), and any changes to 

the swing threshold or swing factor upper limit; and (5) the board must periodically review a 

written report from the swing pricing administrator that describes: (a) the swing pricing 

administrator’s review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and 

the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution; (b) any 

material changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the date of the last 

report; and (c) the swing pricing administrator’s review and assessment of the fund’s swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of the 

rule, including the information and data supporting these determinations.

a. Benefits

We believe rule 22c-1(a)(3) will promote investor protection by providing funds with a 

 422 See Item 13 of Form N-1A and amendments to Regulation S-X.
130

tool to reduce the potentially dilutive effects of shareholder purchase or redemption activity. 

Rule 22c-1 under the Investment Company Act, the “forward pricing” rule, requires a fund to 

price its shares based on the current market prices of its portfolio assets next computed after 

receipt of an order to buy or redeem shares.423 Swing pricing may allow funds to more fairly 

distribute transactions costs, resulting from either subscriptions or redemptions, to the investors 

who initiate those transactions. For example, net redemptions may require a fund to sell a 

portion of its assets. Any difference between the sale price of these assets (which may occur on 

or after the redemption date depending on when fund flows are received) and the price at which 

they are valued when the fund’s NAV is struck on the redemption date (which may not yet 

reflect transactions executed on that date under rule 2a-4) is shared across all fund shareholders. 

Non-transacting shareholders may benefit or suffer depending on this difference, but on average 

are likely to experience dilution because of the trading costs incurred when assets are sold. 

Similarly, while net subscriptions do not require a fund to purchase assets immediately, nontransacting shareholders will share the costs of investing the subscription proceeds if and when 

that occurs, and these costs will not be reflected in the NAV on the subscription date.

While swing pricing does not eliminate non-transacting investors’ exposure to this 

dilution risk—for example, it is possible the swung adjusted NAV on a given day under or 

overestimates the costs incurred by the fund, or that the fund would not be able to swing in an 

amount sufficient to recoup all transactions costs because of the swing factor upper limit, or that 

costs related to redemptions or subscriptions other than the costs permitted to be considered in 

setting the swing factor are incurred—to the extent that funds are able to effectively calibrate 

their swing factors, non-transacting investors should, on average, pay a reduced share of the 

 423 See rule 22c-1(a). 
131

trading costs imposed on the fund by redeeming and subscribing investors on days when swing 

pricing is triggered. Swing pricing provides funds with an additional tool to pass estimated 

near-term costs stemming from shareholder purchase or redemption activity on to the 

shareholders associated with that activity, and could therefore lessen dilution of non-transacting 

shareholders and limit any possible redemptions motivated by a potential first-mover advantage.

Commission rules and guidance do not currently address the ability of a fund to use 

swing pricing to mitigate potential dilution of fund shareholders, and the Commission’s current 

valuation guidance could raise questions about making such a NAV adjustment. The swing 

pricing rule provides the regulatory framework that a fund can optionally apply to adjust its 

NAV in order to effectively pass on estimated trading costs to purchasing or redeeming 

shareholders, and requires a fund that conducts swing pricing to do so in accordance with 

policies, procedures, and other restrictions designed to promote all shareholders’ interests. 

Because we cannot prospectively measure the extent to which the swing pricing policies and 

procedures that a fund may adopt would mitigate potential dilution, we are unable to quantify the 

total potential benefits discussed in this section.424 However, analysis by fund groups of their 

funds domiciled in regions that allow swing pricing indicates that return performance is 

significantly improved for funds that use swing pricing,425 which is consistent with a reduction in 

dilution, though some commenters did point out that swing pricing can lead to an improvement 

in fund performance even if the swing pricing policy is unrelated to costs incurred by the fund.426

Relative to the proposal, the final rule’s additional flexibility in defining swing pricing 

 424 There is no database currently available that identifies whether a foreign-domiciled fund uses swing pricing 

or the structure of a fund’s swing pricing program (e.g., full swing pricing versus partial swing pricing).

425 See BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46. The study does not show the extent to which the 

costs assessed to transacting investors via swing pricing accurately reflect realized trading costs.

426 Eaton Vance Comment Letter.
132

policies—the options to employ multiple swing thresholds with attendant swing factors—should 

allow a fund to more accurately reflect its estimated trading costs when the fund chooses to 

swing its NAV, and may encourage funds that otherwise would not have employed swing pricing 

to use it, potentially reducing investor dilution further.

Requiring the fund to set an upper limit (which may not exceed two percent of NAV per 

share) on the swing factor(s), as the final rule does, could reduce the benefits of swing pricing to 

non-transacting investors in that funds are less able to use swing pricing to reallocate all of the 

costs of transactions to redeeming or subscribing shareholders, because costs would exceed the 

upper limit. However, transacting investors could benefit from an upper limit (and the required

disclosure of an upper limit), in that there would be a maximum cost that they could face were 

they to purchase or redeem shares on a day when the fund swings its NAV and hence reduce 

some of the uncertainty when making the decision to enter or exit a fund.

The final rule’s limitation on the types of costs that can be considered in setting a swing 

factor has similar trade-offs: the benefits of swing pricing to non-transacting shareholders are 

constrained, given that certain costs that are incurred as a result of the redemption or subscription 

activity could not be allocated to transacting investors. However, transacting shareholders could 

benefit from the limitation, in that the fund would have less flexibility to allocate to transacting 

investors costs that are less directly related to the fund’s actual transaction costs. Constraining a 

fund’s flexibility in this manner could limit potential abusive uses of swing pricing (e.g., 

swinging in an amount greater than the costs of redemptions or subscriptions in order to 

artificially enhance fund returns). The final rule’s express requirement that the swing factor 

reasonably relate to the cost of meeting subscriptions or redemptions could similarly help protect 

transacting investors against potential abusive uses of swing pricing.
133

Finally, investors should benefit from the increased accountability that the final rule 

provides in requiring a fund’s board to approve swing pricing policies and procedures, approve 

the fund’s swing factor upper limit (which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share), 

approve the fund’s swing threshold(s), and approve any changes to a fund’s swing factor upper 

limit or swing threshold(s). The final rule also requires the fund board to periodically review a 

written report from the swing pricing administrator describing: (i) its review of the adequacy of 

the swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, 

including the impact on mitigating dilution; (ii) any material changes to the fund’s swing pricing 

policies and procedures since the date of the last report; and (iii) its review and assessment of the 

fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the 

requirements of the rule, including the information and data supporting these determinations. 

Given that our rule permits the use of swing pricing for the first time in the U.S., additional 

board attention to the fund’s swing pricing practices could be beneficial. Similarly, board review 

of a report that reviews and assesses the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing 

factor upper limit considering the requirements of the rule, including the information and data 

supporting these determinations, could raise the quality and rigor of funds’ formulating these 

important determinations, which also benefits investors.

Commenters generally agreed with the proposal’s assessment of swing pricing’s potential 

benefits, but they also brought up technological and operational hurdles that could impede its 

implementation by most funds, which we discuss below. Without a change in industry practice, 

the operational issues cited by commenters may prevent the benefits of swing pricing from being 

achieved by some funds, but it is still likely that a small fraction of funds will be able to 

implement it, and the rule does not require funds to use swing pricing (it is a discretionary tool). 
134

Additionally, sufficiently high investor demand for implementing swing pricing after the rule is 

adopted may spur market-wide operational innovations which reduce these operational hurdles.

One commenter stated that the nature by which swing pricing reallocates costs was a 

“zero-sum game” across different investors (subscribing, redeeming, and non-transacting) and 

that in aggregate swing pricing reduces shareholder value after incurring the costs of operating 

the policy.427 While it is true that swing pricing does transfer costs across different investors, the 

goal of swing pricing is to allow for a more fair allocation of these costs. Swing pricing is 

optional, so funds can decide whether a more fair allocation of costs justifies the operational 

costs associated with implementing swing pricing. The same commenter also suggested that 

depending on the ratio of purchases to redemptions for a given net fund flow, swing pricing does 

not allow non-transacting shareholders to capture all of the proceeds recovered from transacting 

shareholders when the NAV is swung, and shows using its own historical fund flows that this 

reduction can be significant (ranging as high as 91% when a swing threshold of zero was used). 

We acknowledge that swing pricing may not allow all of the costs assessed to transacting 

shareholders to be returned to the fund, though any reallocation of costs from transacting to nontransacting shareholders reduces dilution. Because swing pricing is optional, funds can 

determine whether this type of benefit reduction is likely given their historical fund flow patterns 

and whether the net reduction in shareholder dilution is expected to justify the costs of 

implementing swing pricing.

b. Costs

Generally, implementing swing pricing may increase a fund’s return volatility and could 

increase the tracking error relative to a fund’s benchmark. However, the impact of swing pricing 

 427 Eaton Vance Comment Letter.
135

on volatility and tracking error should decrease as a function of the time over which returns and 

tracking errors are measured: for example, the impact of swing pricing on daily return volatility 

and tracking error will likely be much greater than the impact on monthly volatility and tracking 

error. Enabling funds to have multiple swing thresholds and factors, as well as limiting swing 

factors to be at most 2% of the funds NAV, also potentially lessens swing pricing’s impact on 

volatility and tracking error.

In addition, swing pricing exposes transacting investors to additional uncertainty about

the price at which their fund shares will ultimately be purchased or redeemed relative to the 

economic baseline. For example, under existing regulations, investors who submit purchase or 

redemption orders on a given date face uncertainty about the price they will transact at until the 

NAV is next struck. Under the adopted rule, investors face an additional source of uncertainty 

surrounding the eventual price they will transact at because this price will also depend on net 

fund flows on the trade date and any resultant NAV adjustment via swing pricing protocols. 

They may end up transacting at a better (e.g., if they are subscribing on a day the NAV is 

adjusted downwards) or worse (e.g., if they are redeeming on a day the NAV is adjusted 

downwards) price, but they are facing an additional source of uncertainty relative to current 

practices. This uncertainty is limited in that investors will know the fund’s swing factor upper 

limit. Investors will not be able to purposefully take advantage of swing pricing to obtain a 

better price without knowledge of contemporaneous intraday flows and a fund’s swing 

thresholds, neither of which funds are required to publicly disclose and will not be required to 

disclose under the rule.

If a fund’s swing threshold(s) and factor(s) are accurately calibrated to reflect the costs 

incurred as a result of significant net subscriptions and redemptions, the increased execution 
136

price risk faced by investors who transact in a fund should be offset by a decrease in the dilution 

that non-transacting investors would otherwise face if the fund’s NAV was never adjusted. The 

rule’s limitation on a swing factor’s maximum size may reduce the extent to which funds that 

face higher trading costs are able to reflect those costs in their swing factor(s), but it also reduces 

the execution risk faced by investors who transact in these funds. We acknowledge commenter 

concerns that estimating the trading costs associated with various redemption levels is not trivial, 

and swing pricing programs are unlikely to anticipate trading costs perfectly, so a given fund’s 

swing factor may overstate or understate the expected transaction costs associated with a given 

transaction.428 For example, the rule requires a fund to apply a swing factor when its net flows 

cross a certain threshold, but the actual costs to be incurred will vary with other factors such as 

the fund’s portfolio on the date the NAV is swung, the trades they decide to execute to meet a 

given redemption, or any macroeconomic factors that affect bid-ask spreads. If a swing factor 

underestimates or is unable to capture the true trading costs for a fund, non-transacting

shareholders of the fund will still benefit from swing pricing, but to a lesser extent. If a fund 

overestimates its swing factor, non-transacting shareholders will be enriched by its swing pricing 

program (and the fund’s NAV will reflect it), but this increase in wealth will be at the expense of 

transacting shareholders, who are paying more than the true cost of their transactions. To the 

extent that a fund cannot perfectly estimate the swing factors appropriate for it, the fund may 

have an incentive to overestimate these factors because it will increase observed fund 

performance. Given the limited swing pricing disclosures a fund must make, it may also be 

difficult for investors to determine if the swing factor has charged them in excess of true trading 

costs, and may make it difficult for investors to disentangle true fund performance from swing 

 428 Eaton Vance Comment Letter.
137

pricing effects.

Several of the provisions of the final rule could mitigate any incentive a fund has to 

overestimate its swing factor: (i) requiring board approval of a fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures, which must specify the processes used to determine the swing threshold(s), swing 

factor(s), and swing factor upper limit; (ii) requiring board approval of the swing threshold(s)

and swing factor upper limit, as well as any changes to these quantities; (iii) adding an express

requirement that swing factors be reasonably related to the near-term costs resulting from 

subscriptions and redemptions and limiting the near-term costs that may be considered in 

determining the swing factor(s); (iv) requiring the establishment of an upper limit on the swing 

factor(s) used, which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share; (v) requiring that the 

investment adviser, officer, or officers responsible for administrating a fund’s swing pricing 

policies and procedures must be reasonably segregated from portfolio management of the fund, 

and may not include portfolio managers; and (vi) requiring the board to periodically review a 

written report prepared by the swing pricing administrator that describes: (a) its review of the 

adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness of their 

implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution; (b) any material changes to the 

fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the date of the last report; and (c) its review 

and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing factor upper limit 

considering the requirements of the rule, including the information and data supporting these 

determinations.

Each fund that chooses to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures pursuant to rule 

22c-1(a)(3) will incur one-time costs to develop and implement the policies and procedures, as 

well as ongoing costs relating to administration of the policies and procedures, as will 
138

intermediaries and third party service providers. To the extent that fund advisers, intermediaries, 

and other service providers are able to pass their costs along to funds, we believe it is likely that 

these costs will also be passed on, at least in part, to fund investors.429 As discussed above, while 

U.S. registered funds do not currently use swing pricing to mitigate potential dilution, certain 

foreign funds affiliated with U.S. fund families currently do use swing pricing.430 In the 

proposal, we stated that U.S. registered funds in fund complexes that also include foreigndomiciled funds that use swing pricing may incur relatively lower costs to implement swing 

pricing policies and procedures pursuant to the rule. However, several commenters pointed out 

that fundamental differences exist between fund operations in the U.S. and Europe, including the 

more timely arrival of flow information in Europe due to earlier trading cut-off times, a higher 

portion of direct-sold funds in Europe, and the more prevalent use of currency-based orders in 

Europe (which removes the need for flow estimation cycles).431 We acknowledge that these 

differences mean that it is less likely funds will be able to leverage preexisting systems from 

other jurisdictions, though they may still be able to leverage their general expertise with swing 

pricing in other countries in developing appropriate policies and procedures. They are still likely 

to face the same operational hurdles as other funds in obtaining timely fund flow information in 

the U.S.

Commenters also expressed concern that the analysis of costs did not consider the 

substantial costs and technology and operational hurdles that must be resolved for intermediaries 

 429 Commenters suggested this as well, see BlackRock Comment Letter; GARP Comment Letter; Charles 

Schwab Comment Letter.

430 See supra section II.A.1.

431 See, e.g., ICI Comment Letter I; T. Rowe Comment Letter; IDC Comment Letter; PIMCO Comment 

Letter; GARP Comment Letter; Blackrock Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter.
139

to provide the net flow information necessary to perform swing pricing.432 We agree that there 

may be significant costs for many fund complexes and intermediaries to implement swing 

pricing and have revised our estimates of the implementation costs discussed below to 

incorporate commenter suggestions. At the same time, commenters also suggested ways that 

funds, intermediaries, and other third parties could coordinate to make the implementation of 

swing pricing feasible, and stated that they believed the long-term benefits of swing pricing 

outweighed the one-time costs of enabling swing pricing in the U.S.433

The final rule’s swing pricing provisions are being adopted with a two-year extended

effective date, which, as discussed above, several commenters requested. With respect to costs, 

the extended effective date may result in more efficient industry-wide approaches to providing 

funds with timely flow estimates in determining whether and by how much their NAVs will be 

adjusted on a given date. For example, if funds and intermediaries are able to coordinate with 

each other to develop standards and timing conventions for how data is transmitted to enable the 

timely estimation of flows instead of developing ad-hoc individual processes, the aggregate costs 

of implementing swing pricing are likely to be lower on a per fund basis. However, to the extent 

individual funds or intermediaries do not participate on a coordinated approach, progress on a 

more efficient collective solution to swing pricing’s operational challenges may be hindered and 

the extended effective date may simply postpone the adoption of swing pricing relative to an 

immediate effective date. On the other hand, if swing pricing were made effective immediately 

and a significant portion of funds wanted to adopt it, market pressures could spur industry-wide 

 432 Dechert Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter;

Invesco Comment Letter; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; T. Rowe

Comment Letter.

433 See, e.g., GARP Comment Letter.
140

solutions and innovations that reduce implementation costs and make swing pricing 

operationally feasible for a broader group of funds.

The costs of implementing swing pricing policies and procedures could vary depending 

on the level of liquidity risk facing the fund, as well as the sources of the fund’s liquidity risk. 

To determine a fund’s swing threshold, rule 22c-1(a)(3) would require a fund to consider certain 

of the factors required to be considered as part of the liquidity risk assessment required under 

rule 22e-4.434 Therefore, the costs associated with developing policies and procedures for 

determining the swing threshold could also vary according to similar factors that could cause 

differences in the costs to funds associated with rule 22e-4.435

As noted above, commenters suggested the proposal underestimated the activities 

required for a fund, in conjunction with its intermediaries, to implement swing pricing. We 

acknowledge that the adoption of swing pricing could cause significant costs to be incurred by 

intermediaries (which are discussed below) and by funds in terms of the systems and processes 

they need to develop to receive timely flow data from intermediaries. A fund that adopts swing 

pricing will incur costs associated with the following activities: (i) developing swing pricing 

policies and procedures that include all of the elements required under the rule,436 as well as 

policies and procedures relating to the recordkeeping requirements associated with swing 

 434 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B). Specifically, the requirement for a fund to consider: (i) the size, frequency, and 

volatility of historical net purchases and net redemptions of fund shares during normal and stressed periods, 

(ii) the fund’s investment strategy and the liquidity of the fund’s portfolio investments, and (iii) the fund’s 

holdings of cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing arrangements and other funding sources overlap with 

certain of the proposed liquidity risk assessment factors. See rule 22e-4(b)(iii)(A), (B), and (D). See also

Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section III.B.

435 See Liquidity Risk Management Programs Adopting Release, supra footnote 8, at section IV.C.1.c.

436 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i).
141

pricing;437 (ii) planning, coding, testing, and installing any system modifications for receiving, 

estimating, aggregating and transmitting sufficient shareholder flow information for the fund’s

transfer agent and pricing agent, in order to determine if the fund’s NAV should be adjusted 

pursuant to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures; (iii) integrating and implementing 

the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, as well as policies and procedures relating to 

the financial reporting and recordkeeping requirements associated with swing pricing; (iv) 

developing any relevant compliance, control and testing procedures; (v) establishing procedures 

for the periodic review and back-testing of swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), swing factor 

upper limit, and flow estimates; (vi) preparing training materials and administering training 

sessions for staff in affected areas; (vii) board approval of the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures, which specify the processes used to determine the swing threshold(s), swing 

factor(s), and swing factor upper limit; (viii) board approval of the fund’s swing threshold(s) and 

swing factor upper limit, and any changes to the swing threshold(s) and swing factor upper limit; 

and (ix) board periodic review of the written report prepared by the swing pricing administrator. 

The proposal estimated the one-time costs of implementing a swing pricing program as 

being in the range of $1.3 million to $2.25 million per fund complex by assuming costs were 

similar to those associated with the fees and gates provision of the Commission’s 2014 money 

market reform rule. The only alternative estimate of swing pricing implementation costs came 

from a commenter who stated that its experience complying with the money market reform rule 

suggested those estimates were severely understated, and that it believed that implementing a 

swing pricing program would be four to five times more costly than the proposal’s estimate.438 

 437 Rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii); rule 31a-2(a)(2).

438 Charles Schwab Comment Letter.
142

We extrapolate from this commenter’s estimate to obtain estimates for all fund complexes, 

producing estimated one-time costs ranging from $2.4 million to $48.5 million per fund complex 

to implement swing pricing, with an average cost per fund complex of $3.4 million.439 These 

costs estimates should be considered an upper bound for two reasons: (1) they assume a fund 

complex implements swing pricing for all of its funds; (2) they assume a fund develops all 

systems and processes associated with swing pricing in-house, but if third-party solutions 

become available funds may be able to reduce some of their swing pricing implementation costs.

In the proposal, we estimated that the ongoing costs of adopting a swing policy would 

range from 5% to 15% of the one-time costs. We recognize that, relative to our discussion of 

costs in the proposal, funds will have to maintain substantial systems and procedures to estimate 

fund flows, and believe it’s reasonable to increase this range from 5% to 32.5%.440 Again using 

the fund-by-fund cost approach above based on a commenter’s estimate of the one-time costs, 

we estimate that ongoing costs to fund complexes would range from $120,000 to $15.8 million, 

with the average fund having costs in the range of $170,000 to $1.1 million. The low end of the 

range might be achieved by small complexes that are direct-sold, whereas the high end of the 

range could correspond to very large fund complexes that primarily distribute their funds through 

a wide variety of intermediaries and use swing pricing for many of their funds. These estimated 

 439 The commenter, Charles Schwab Investment Management, has 52 funds. A multiple of 4-5 times the 

proposals estimate produces a range of $5.2 million to $11.25 million, and we assume the commenter’s 

costs are in the middle of that range at $8 million. Assuming a fixed cost of 30%, and that costs beyond 

that scale with the number of funds, we arrive at an estimated one-time costs for each fund complex, and 

calculate the minimum, maximum, and average across those fund complexes.

440 See Invesco Comment Letter. The commenter estimated that the asset classification requirement of 

proposed rule 22e-4 would involve one-time costs of $2 million and ongoing costs of $650,000. This 

ongoing cost estimate represents 32.5% of the one-time cost estimate associated with that proposed 

requirement. See also Investment Company Liquidity Risk Management Programs, supra footnote 8, at n. 

1097 and surrounding discussion. We assume swing pricing programs will, at the high end, involve ongoing costs that are the same proportion of one-time costs (32.5%). 
143

costs are attributable to the following activities, as applicable to each of the funds within the 

complex that adopts swing pricing policies and procedures: (i) costs associated with monitoring 

whether the fund’s net purchases or net redemptions cross the swing threshold (which could 

include costs associated with obtaining shareholder flows from its transfer agent, including 

sufficient information on flows from the funds intermediaries, in order to reasonably estimate its 

daily net flows) (implicated by rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A)); (ii) adjusting the fund’s NAV when the 

fund’s net purchases or net redemptions cross the swing thresholds, including costs associated 

with determining the swing factors that would be used to adjust the fund’s NAV when the fund’s 

swing thresholds are exceeded (rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(A), rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(C)); (iii) periodic 

review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the effectiveness 

of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution, as well as periodic review 

of fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s) and swing factor upper limit, and related board 

reporting requirements (rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D)); (iv) systems maintenance; (v) compliance costs 

and the back-testing of flow estimation procedures; (vi) additional staff training; and (vii) 

recordkeeping (rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii), amendments to rule 31a-2(a)(2)).441 Funds would also incur 

costs if they began distributing their fund through new intermediaries, as they would need to 

integrate that intermediary into the systems used to determine if fund flows have exceeded a 

swing threshold. We note that for purposes of our PRA analysis, we estimate that, relative to the 

proposal, half as many fund complexes (84 fund complexes) will implement swing pricing.442 

 441 We anticipate that, depending on the personnel (and/or third-party service providers) involved in the 

activities associated with administering a fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, certain of the 

estimated ongoing costs associated with these activities could be borne by the fund, and others could be 

borne by the adviser.

442 See infra footnote 489 and surrounding discussion regarding the revision to the number of funds expected 

to implement swing pricing in the PRA analysis.
144

Based on this estimate and our estimate of the average per fund complex cost above, we estimate 

that the aggregate cost to implement swing pricing will be $286 million.443

While the proposal incorporated the costs to intermediaries and other third-party service 

providers into its estimates at the fund complex level, we recognize, based on the operational 

issues raised by commenters, that these parties will incur significant separate costs to make 

swing pricing feasible. Specifically, new processes and procedures will need to be established 

across a wide variety of intermediaries and service providers to gather and transmit sufficient 

flow information prior to the striking of the fund’s NAV. Costs will be incurred by fund transfer 

agents, pricing agents, intermediaries and service providers to facilitate the movement of flow 

data to funds earlier in the evening. This will include new estimated flow data that will need to 

be generated by retirement plans and third-party administrators as intermediaries that will likely 

be sent via new files and processing cycles through the NSCC. Further changes to transaction 

processing and nightly processing may occur if the delivery of fund NAVs is pushed to later in 

the evening to accommodate swing pricing. Compressing processing times could increase risk

and costs if there is less time for intermediaries to confirm transactions with funds and update 

shareholder records on a timely basis.

Commenters did not provide estimates for the costs that swing pricing will cause 

intermediaries to incur, which are likely to vary widely depending on the specific role each 

intermediary plays in the process of providing funds with the flow information swing pricing 

policies are dependent upon. For example, a small retirement plan that only needs to transmit 

data in a more timely fashion as a result of swing pricing might incur one-time costs in the tens 

 443 See supra footnote 439 and surrounding discussion regarding cost estimates on a per fund complex basis. 

The aggregate cost is estimated as 84 fund complexes x $3.4 million = $286 million.
145

of thousands of dollars to upgrade its systems, while a central fund transaction processing utility 

such as the NSCC might incur costs similar in magnitude to the largest fund complexes (in the 

tens of millions of dollars) to build systems that reliably process flow data for a broad range of 

their participants. Intermediaries such as broker-dealers and retirement plan administrators that 

use the services of the utility may incur costs in the middle of this range (in the hundreds of 

thousands to the millions of dollars) to enable the processing of flow data from any smaller 

intermediaries or clients they service in addition to any share of NSCC costs they pay.444 

Similarly, we would expect ongoing costs for a given entity to be a percentage of the entity’s 

one-time costs, in the range of 10% to 25%.445 To the extent intermediaries are able to pass on 

these costs to funds, it is likely that investors will ultimately pay some share of the expenses 

intermediaries incur in the form of higher operating expenses or management fees. Given these 

additional costs, each fund will need to determine whether the higher operational costs of swing 

pricing—including both external costs passed on from intermediaries and internal costs 

associated with their own systems, policies, and procedures—are justified by swing pricing’s 

anti-dilutive benefits.

Commenters also emphasized that those costs went beyond needing to create systems, 

policies, and procedures. They suggested that total costs include potential damage to investors, 

investment advisers, and service providers that would occur if operational requirements are not 

 444 The low end of this estimate, which is more likely to apply to broker-dealers than retirement plan 

administrators, is of the same order of magnitude as the costs to intermediaries associated with processing 

and reporting transactions in other SEC rulemakings. See, e.g. Regulation SBSR – Reporting and 

Dissemination of Security-Based Swap Information, Exchange Act Release No. 74245 (Feb. 11, 2015) [80 

FR 14739 (Mar. 19, 2015)] (estimating the one-time costs for trade execution platforms and registered 

clearing agencies to develop transaction processing systems and report transaction-level information to 

swap data repositories).

445 There could also be additional costs incurred by more ancillary parties. For example, data providers that 

disseminate or third parties that analyze fund NAV may have to update their operations.
146

able to be effectively implemented because of current practices in the U.S. fund market.446 We 

recognize that if funds use inaccurate estimates of daily flows because actual values are not 

available before funds must strike their NAV, then a fund may swing its price unnecessarily or 

fail to swing its price when necessary. Under the final rule, a fund is required to “reasonably 

estimate whether it has crossed the swing threshold with high confidence,” which should reduce 

the probability that a fund swings its NAV based on inaccurate flow information and, in cases 

where this does happen, does not require the fund to consider it a NAV error as long as the flow 

estimates used were of “high confidence.”

Relative to the proposal, the final rule also changes the role of a fund’s board in its 

oversight of any swing pricing program. Under the final rule, the board is required to approve 

the swing pricing policies and procedures, which must specify the process for determining swing 

threshold(s), swing factor(s) and their upper limits, but is not required to approve all material 

changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures. The fund board is also required to 

approve a fund’s swing factor upper limit and its swing threshold(s). In order to facilitate these 

obligations, the final rule also requires the board to periodically review a written report prepared 

by the swing pricing administrator that includes certain required information. The revised cost 

estimates above use a commenter’s cost estimates of adopting swing pricing under the proposal, 

which we assume included the board’s obligations to approve swing threshold(s), any swing 

factor upper limit, swing pricing policies and procedures, and any material changes to those 

policies and procedures. The final rule’s inclusion of a requirement that the fund’s board 

periodically review a written report from the swing pricing administrator will impose certain 

 446 Dechert Comment Letter; Federated Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter; J.P. 

Morgan Comment Letter.
147

additional costs: (i) the costs incurred by the administrator in performing the analysis underlying 

the written report, including a review of the reasonableness of the swing threshold(s), swing 

factor(s), and upper limit; (ii) the cost of preparing the report itself; and (iii) the cost of the 

board’s time to review the written report. While these activities are more explicitly required by 

the final rule, some of their associated costs, such as those associated with any analysis and 

document preparation as part of the proposal’s periodic review requirements, as well as any time 

associated with board review of material changes, would have been incurred under the proposal. 

In addition, the final rule does not require board approval of all material changes to a fund’s 

swing pricing policies and procedures, reducing costs relative to the proposal. On balance, we 

therefore believe that the revised costs estimates of the proposal above, which incorporate 

commenter feedback, are still reasonable estimates of the final rule’s costs.

c. Effects on Efficiency, Competition, and Capital Formation

Rule 22c-1(a)(3) permits a fund, under certain circumstances, to adjust its NAV to 

effectively pass on the estimated costs stemming from shareholder purchase or redemption 

activity to the shareholders associated with that activity. Adjusting a fund’s NAV in this way 

could reduce dilution to non-transacting shareholders arising from trading costs. We therefore 

believe that the rule could increase the efficiency of cost allocation among shareholders of funds 

that adopt swing pricing policies and procedures, provided that a fund’s swing thresholds and 

swing factors are appropriately calculated.

If investors believe swing pricing to be valuable, funds that decide to implement swing 

pricing will be at a competitive advantage. Fund complexes currently using swing pricing in 

other jurisdictions may be at a slight advantage due to their familiarity with swing pricing 

procedures, but, as noted above, they will still face the same operational hurdles as other funds in 
148

obtaining timely fund flow information in the U.S. Similarly, funds that are predominantly sold 

directly or primarily through an affiliated broker-dealer may not be as impacted by these 

operational difficulties, and may be able to implement swing pricing more quickly. In addition, 

some funds may decide to forgo using swing pricing due to concerns that some intermediaries 

will not offer their funds due to the increased operational burden swing pricing places on those 

intermediaries.

The extended effective date reduces these competitive effects and provides funds not 

currently using swing pricing in other jurisdictions and funds that are not sold directly sufficient 

time to develop and implement their own swing pricing programs in conjunction with any broad 

industry efforts to provide fund flow data on a timely basis. Alternatively, if the rule’s swing 

pricing provisions became effective immediately, while some funds would have an initial 

competitive advantage, if a significant portion of funds wanted to adopt swing pricing, market 

pressures could spur innovations that made swing pricing feasible for a broader groups of funds. 

We are unable to assess the relative likelihoods of these two potential outcomes.

Commenters also suggested that smaller fund complexes are less likely to have the 

resources necessary to implement swing pricing, may have less leverage in obtaining flow 

information from their distribution partners, and that if investors prefer funds that use swing 

pricing, smaller fund complexes would be at a competitive disadvantage.447 We acknowledge 

that small funds (as well as other types of funds such as those that are not primarily sold directly 

or through an affiliated broker-dealer) may be at an initial disadvantage, and note that the 

delayed extended effective date should provide some fund complexes sufficient time and 

 447 Dechert Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter; Charles Schwab Comment Letter; 

T. Rowe Comment Letter.
149

resources to overcome their initial competitive disadvantage before any fund can actually use 

swing pricing. For example, the extended effective date could provide third parties with time to 

develop tools to help smaller fund complexes perform swing pricing. However, it is possible 

that some fund complexes will not be able to effectively implement swing pricing, and to the 

extent investors prefer funds that use swing pricing, those fund complexes will be at a 

competitive disadvantage.

We anticipate that rule 22c-1(a)(3) could indirectly foster capital formation by bolstering 

investor confidence. Investors may be more inclined to invest in funds if they understand that 

funds will be able to use swing pricing to prevent the purchase or redemption activity of certain 

investors from diluting the interests of other investors (particularly long-term investors, who 

represent the majority of fund shareholders). To the extent that swing pricing increases 

investment returns to investors, particularly long-term investors, this could incentivize 

investment in funds that use swing pricing. If rule 22c-1(a)(3) enhances investor confidence in 

funds, investors are more likely to invest in funds, so to the extent that investors are not already 

invested in the capital markets (e.g., via direct ownership of stocks or bonds), the rule could 

make additional assets available for investment in the capital markets.

To the extent that investors care about short-term volatility, they may be discouraged 

from investing in funds that use swing pricing because it will generally increase daily volatility 

and benchmark tracking error on those days when the NAV is swung. However, if a fund’s 

swing thresholds and factors are properly calibrated, long-term tracking error relative to the 

fund’s benchmark should improve. Additionally, as discussed above, investors might be slightly 

less inclined to transact in funds that use swing pricing because of the additional uncertainty it 

introduces surrounding the NAV at which their shares will ultimately be purchased or redeemed, 
150

as this NAV now depends on that day’s net fund flows in addition to variations in the prices of 

the fund’s portfolio positions. Investors also may be less inclined to invest in funds that use 

swing pricing if they are not confident that the fund’s swing factors and thresholds appropriately 

reflect costs associated with transacting in the fund; specifically, a fund that uses a swing pricing 

program which overstates trading costs will effectively impose the equivalent of hidden purchase 

and redemption fees on transacting investors, which will increase the fund’s NAV and benefit 

non-transacting shareholders at their expense. Investors will not be able to directly evaluate 

whether a fund’s swing pricing policy is reasonably linked to its costs, and will only be able to 

determine how much of a fund’s performance is attributable to swing pricing if funds voluntarily 

choose to publicly disclose both their swung and unswung NAVs on a daily basis. However, the 

additional restrictions in the final rule that are designed to reduce the ability of funds to 

overestimate swing factors to increase observed fund performance, should reduce such concerns 

and have a positive effect on capital formation. Because we do not have the information 

necessary to determine how investors will perceive swing pricing, or how they will evaluate the 

relative benefits or detriments of investing in funds that use swing pricing, we are unable to draw 

conclusions about the precise effects of rule 22c-1(a)(3) on capital formation. Moreover, the 

requirement for funds that use swing pricing to disclose the swing factor upper limit will provide 

transparency to investors regarding the maximum amount that a shareholder could expect the 

share price that he or she receives upon purchase or redemption to be adjusted on account of 

swing pricing.

The final rule enables funds to use multiple swing thresholds, and allows for different 

swing factors corresponding to each threshold, subject to a swing factor upper limit that may not 

exceed two percent of NAV per share, which increases a fund’s ability to tailor swing pricing to 
151

the specific trading costs it anticipates incurring when facing significant net fund flows. To the 

extent that funds accurately reflect these costs in their swing pricing programs, and that the 

expense of operating a swing pricing program does not significantly increase fund expenses, this 

should improve the efficiency of trading cost allocation between transacting and non-transacting 

investors. The final rule’s increased flexibility could, at the margin, lead to an increase in the use 

of swing pricing by funds that would not have otherwise employed it under the proposed rule’s 

provisions; to the extent that investors perceive swing pricing as being a desirable feature of 

certain funds, and the extent to which they have assets that are not already invested in the capital 

markets, this could enhance capital formation relative to the proposed rule.

2. Disclosure and Reporting Requirements Regarding Swing Pricing

a. Disclosure and Reporting Requirements 

We are adopting amendments to Form N-1A and Regulation S-X as well as adopting a

new item to Form N-CEN to enhance fund disclosure and reporting regarding swing pricing. 

Specifically, amendments to Form N-1A will require a fund to explain the fund’s use of swing 

pricing, including an explanation of what swing pricing is, the circumstances under which it will 

use swing pricing, and the effects of using swing pricing.448 A fund that uses swing pricing will 

also be required to disclose the swing factor upper limit,449 and include a general description of 

the effects of swing pricing on a fund’s annual and average total returns for the applicable 

periods.

450 The GAAP NAV reported on the balance sheet of a fund’s financial statements will 

include the effects of swing pricing throughout the reporting period, but it will not explicitly 

 448 Item 6(d) of Form N-1A.

449 Id. 

450 Item 4(b)(2)(ii) and Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E) of Form N-1A. 
152

reveal instances where the fund NAV was adjusted or the magnitudes of those adjustments.451 A 

new item on Form N-CEN will require a fund to report whether the fund engages in swing 

pricing and, if so, the fund’s swing factor upper limit.

452

The final form amendments differ from the proposal in several ways that may have 

potential economic consequences. Specifically, funds that use swing pricing will be required to 

disclose the swing factor upper limit on Form N-1A and Form N-CEN, and will be required to 

include a general description of the effects of swing pricing on a fund’s annual and average total 

returns for the applicable periods on Form N-1A. Any significant economic effects of these 

changes are discussed below.

b. Benefits

The disclosure and reporting requirements will increase shareholders’ understanding of 

particular funds’ swing pricing policies, which should assist investors in making investment 

choices that better match their risk tolerances. For example, disclosure of the swing factor upper 

limit will inform investors as to the maximum amount of costs they could be charged if they 

were to redeem or subscribe on a day where the fund is swinging its NAV in response to 

redemptions or subscriptions, respectively. Similarly, disclosures about the effects of swing 

 451 Form N-1A as amended requires a fund to disclose both its GAAP NAV as well as its Swung NAV (if it 

swings at period end) in the financial highlights section of the fund’s financial statements and the financial 

highlights information in the fund’s registration statement. See Item 13(a) of Form N-1A. The financial 

highlights section, which details per share operating performance (by share class), rolls forward the GAAP 

NAV per share from beginning to end of period. The roll forward will require disclosure of the per share 

cumulative impact of amounts related to swing pricing (during the period) as a separate line item below the 

total distributions line in the roll forward. Funds also are required to disclose whether the fund’s net asset 

value per share has swung during the period in the notes to the financial statements. Investors will not be 

able to fully disentangle the effects of swing pricing on fund performance from these figures, but 

Commission staff will have access to complete records of daily NAV adjustments and could look at the 

effects of swing pricing as part of the examination process. As noted above, the Commission is not 

prohibiting funds from disclosing an unadjusted NAV outside of the financial statements in other 

performance information, which may be useful information in understanding the impact of swing pricing 

on a fund.

452 Item C.21 of Form N-CEN.
153

pricing on a fund’s annual and average total returns should help investors understand the extent 

to which fund performance may have been impacted by the fund’s use of swing pricing. 

However, as discussed above, while we are not requiring disclosure in the financial statements of 

the fund’s total return based on the Swung NAV, we are not prohibiting funds from disclosing 

this information along with the total return based on the unswung NAV outside of the financial 

statements.

453 Finally, the presumption against disclosure of the swing factor or threshold should 

help protect against harm to investors that could potentially result from gaming of the fund’s 

swing pricing, although as discussed above, the likelihood of gaming is mitigated by the lack of 

public availability of real-time flow data.

Because we cannot predict the extent to which the requirements will enhance investors’ 

awareness of funds’ swing pricing and its impact on investors, we are unable to quantify the 

potential benefits discussed in this section.

c. Costs

Funds will incur costs to comply with the disclosure and reporting requirements 

regarding swing pricing. Commenters’ responses to the estimates of these costs are discussed in 

the PRA discussion below, and we have updated all estimates in this section to reflect changes in 

the PRA.454

We estimate that the one-time costs to comply with the amendments to Form N-1A for 

funds that choose to employ swing pricing will be approximately $648 per fund (plus printing 

costs).455 Based on this estimate we further estimate that the total one-time costs for funds that 

 453 See infra section II.A.iii.g.

454 See infra section IV.

455 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 2 hours (2 hour to update registration statement to 

include swing pricing-related disclosure statements) x $324 (blended rate for a compliance attorney ($340) 
154

chose to employ swing pricing will be approximately $307,152 for all funds.456 We estimate that 

each of these funds will incur an ongoing cost associated with compliance with the amendments 

to Form N-1A of approximately $324 each year to review and update the disclosure regarding 

swing pricing.457 Based on these estimates we further estimate that the total ongoing annual costs 

for funds that chose to employ swing pricing will be approximately $153,576 for all funds.458 In 

addition, we expect that there will be minor costs associated with the related amendments to 

Regulation S-X, which are discussed above.

We estimate compliance with the new item of Form N-CEN related to swing pricing will 

involve an annual hourly burden which is discussed in the PRA discussion below.

459 We 

estimate that 10,633 funds will be required to file responses on Form N-CEN.460 We estimate 

that 9,039 funds will be required to file responses to Item C.21 of Form N-CEN regarding swing 

pricing.461 We estimate an average annual hourly burden associated with providing additional 

responses to Form N-CEN as a result of the additional reporting requirement will be 

 

and a senior programmer ($308)) = $648. This figure incorporates the costs we estimated for each fund to 

update its registration statement to include the required disclosure about the fund’s use of swing pricing, 

including an explanation of what swing pricing is, an explanation of the circumstances under which it will 

use swing pricing, the effects of using swing pricing; the fund’s swing factor upper limit; and disclosures 

about the effects of swing pricing on a fund’s annual and average total returns. The costs associated with 

these activities are all paperwork-related costs and are discussed in more detail infra at section IV.E.

456 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 948 hours x $324 (blended rate for a compliance 

attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $307,152. The costs associated with these activities are 

all paperwork-related costs and are discussed in more detail infra at section IV.E.

457 This estimate is based on the following calculations: 1 hours x $324 (blended hourly rate for a compliance 

attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $324. The costs associated with these activities are all 

paperwork-related costs and are discussed in more detail infra at section IV.E.

458 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 474 hours x $324 (blended hourly rate for a 

compliance attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $153,576. The costs associated with these 

activities are all paperwork-related costs and are discussed in more detail infra at section IV.E.

459 See infra section IV.

460 See 2016 ICI Fact Book, supra footnote 388, at 22, 176, 183.

461 See supra footnote 388.
155

approximately .5 hours per fund, for a total average annual burden of 4,519.5 hours.462 We do 

not estimate any change to the external costs associated with the proposed Form N-CEN

d. Effects on Efficiency, Competition, and Capital Formation

We believe the disclosure and reporting requirements on Form N-1A and Form N-CEN 

could increase informational efficiency by providing additional information about a fund’s use of

swing pricing. To the extent that investors better understand a fund’s swing pricing, including 

the upper limit of the swing factor, they can trade off the benefit from dilution protection with 

the increase in return volatility, as discussed above, when deciding on investing in a fund that 

choses to use swing pricing. To the extent that investors invest in funds that adopt swing pricing

because of these disclosure and reporting requirements, the new disclosure and reporting 

requirements will also increase capital formation. However, we do not believe that this effect 

will be significant because such investors are more likely already investing in other funds and 

hence any reallocation will be a “zero-sum game.” 

Increased investor awareness of funds’ swing pricing policies, including swing factor 

upper limits, improve the investors’ ability to compare funds that elect to use swing pricing with

each other as well as with funds that do not elect to implement swing pricing. Such a 

comparison could improve competition among funds, which could benefit investors. While this 

competition could unintentionally increase incentives for funds to overestimate the swing factors 

to improve and compete on performance, the additional safeguards required by the final rule 

should prevent such a negative impact. 

D. Reasonable Alternatives

The following discussion addresses significant alternatives to the final swing pricing 

 462 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 9,039 funds x .5 hour = 4,519.5 hours.
156

regulations. More detailed alternatives to the individual elements of the swing pricing 

regulations are discussed in detail above.463

Instead of permitting, but not requiring, funds to adopt swing pricing policies and 

procedures under rule 22c-1(a)(3), the Commission could have adopted a rule that would require 

all funds, or funds with certain strategies, to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures. This 

alternative approach would have the benefit of establishing a uniform regulatory framework to 

prevent potential shareholder dilution, and might lower the per fund cost of implementing swing 

pricing due to economies of scale. But because funds differ notably in terms of their particular 

circumstances and risks, as well as with respect to the tools funds use to manage risks relating to 

liquidity and shareholder purchases and redemptions, we decided to adopt a rule that would 

permit swing pricing as a voluntary tool for funds. The adopted approach will allow funds to 

weigh the advantages of swing pricing (e.g., improved allocation of trading costs) against 

potential disadvantages (e.g., the potential for swing pricing to increase the volatility of a fund’s 

NAV in the short term and its operational costs). Some commenters advocated for the 

Commission to require all funds to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures,464 but most 

commenters supported the permissive (not mandatory) approach.465

While rule 22c-1(a)(3) enables partial swing pricing (that is, a NAV adjustment would 

not be permitted unless net purchases or redemptions exceed a positive threshold set by the 

fund), the Commission instead could have adopted a rule that would permit full swing pricing 

(that is, a NAV adjustment would occur any time the fund experiences net purchases or net 

 463 See supra sections II.A and II.B.

464 Barnard Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter.

465 See CFA Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter; J.P. 

Morgan Comment Letter; Morningstar Comment Letter.
157

redemptions, or equivalently allowed zero percent thresholds). Full swing pricing would result 

in any estimated costs associated with purchases or redemptions being passed along to the 

shareholders whose actions created those costs, whereas the partial swing pricing contemplated 

by the rule will only allocate costs related to purchase and redemption activity to purchasing or 

redeeming shareholders when net purchases or net redemptions exceed the fund’s positive swing 

threshold. Most commenters supported permitting only “partial” swing pricing,466 but some 

commenters did suggest that funds should have the option to use full swing pricing.467 

Nevertheless, we believe that the partial swing pricing policy choice is, on balance, preferable to 

the full swing pricing option. We expect that partial swing pricing, as opposed to full swing 

pricing, will reduce any performance volatility potentially associated with swing pricing and 

could reduce operational costs associated with swinging a fund’s NAV (e.g., record keeping 

requirements) when fund flows are not significant enough to cause significant shareholder 

dilution. Also, the use of partial swing pricing recognizes that purchases or redemptions below a 

certain threshold are less likely to require a fund to trade portfolio assets, and therefore a NAV 

adjustment might be less appropriate if purchases or redemptions might not result in costs 

associated with asset purchases or sales (in which case, a NAV adjustment could unfairly 

penalize purchasing or redeeming shareholders). 

We considered permitting funds to use swing pricing only to adjust their NAV downward 

in the event that net redemptions exceeded a particular threshold, as there may be more 

significant issues regarding potential dilution for non-transacting shareholders in connection with 

shareholder redemptions, because funds are obligated to satisfy redemption requests pursuant to 

 466 Many commenters implicitly agreed with only permitting partial swing pricing, but some explicitly agreed 

with only permitting partial swing pricing. CFA Comment Letter; SIFMA Comment Letter II.

467 See Dechert Comment Letter; Federated Comment Letter; HSBC Comment Letter; MFS Comment Letter.
158

section 22(e) of the Act. In this regard, we note that unlike redemptions, funds may reserve the 

right to decline purchase requests. For example, a fund may decline purchase requests from 

shareholders who engaged in frequent trading, and it also may decline large purchase requests 

that would negatively impact the fund. However, the final rule contemplates that funds will use 

swing pricing to adjust their NAV upward or downward because we believe that swing pricing 

could be a useful tool in mitigating dilution associated with shareholder purchase activity as well

as shareholder redemption activity.

We considered exempting investors with small investments in a fund from the NAV 

adjustments permitted under rule 22c-1(a)(3). However, we believe that the costs of exempting 

those investors from the NAV adjustment could be significant, particularly the operational costs 

that could result from the relatively complex process of applying the NAV adjustment only to 

some investors and not to others. Exempting small investors from the NAV adjustment also may 

not be beneficial to a fund because such exemption could lead to large investors engaging in 

gaming behavior—that is, structuring their investments in funds using multiple small accounts—

in order to use the exemption. This could contravene the purpose of the exemption and be costly 

for funds to detect. In addition, while small investors’ trading activity might not incur significant 

costs individually, their aggregate trading in the fund could incur costs, just as it would if they 

were trading directly in, for example, the stock market, and it would not be fair to impose those 

collectively generated costs on non-transacting shareholders.

Some commenters suggested that redemption fees may have a better combination of 

potential cost and benefits compared to swing pricing.468 Redemption fees are already 

permissible under existing rules, subject to certain conditions, so swing pricing is an alternative

 468 ICI Comment Letter I; PIMCO Comment Letter.
159

tool funds can use to mitigate dilution.469 To the extent they are permissible under existing rules, 

purchase fees allow funds to recoup the costs associated with fund subscriptions in the same way 

redemption fees recoup costs associated with fund redemptions. Both swing pricing and 

purchase and redemption fees can pass on trading-related costs to transacting shareholders, but 

they accomplish this in different ways. The specific implementation of a redemption fee can 

vary—funds can impose a constant fee that applies to all redemptions or can apply it more 

selectively to transactions of a given size in order to reduce dilution of the fund’s outstanding 

shares. In theory, purchase fees can be applied in a similar manner.

The key characteristic of a redemption or purchase fee, relative to swing pricing, is that it 

is imposed on a given investor’s transaction independent of other investors’ transactions in a 

fund, which means, for example, that investors may pay a fee even when their transactions do 

not result in significant net flows or any corresponding dilution for the fund’s non-transacting 

investors. On the other hand, swing pricing allows funds to condition when they recover costs 

from transacting investors on the net flows to their fund on a given trading date, which could 

allow funds to more fairly allocate the actual costs created by investor flows and prevent 

shareholder dilution. As with redemption and purchase fees, it is still possible that investors pay 

a cost via the swing factor that ends up being larger than the costs they impose on the fund—for 

example, if the discount at which assets are sold to cover redemptions turn out to be smaller than 

what was anticipated on the redemption date—but if funds are able to properly calibrate their 

swing factors, investors should end up paying the ex-ante expected cost associated with a given 

level of fund flows. The extent to which swing pricing is able to recover the expected costs 

 469 As discussed above, funds are currently permitted under rule 22c-2 to impose redemption fees under certain 

circumstances. See also Redemption Fees Adopting Release, supra footnote 24.
160

associated with a given transaction is limited by the maximum swing factor size of 2% of a 

fund’s NAV, but redemption fees are subject to the same limitation. Purchase fees and 

redemption fees, relative to swing pricing, have the benefit of being simple for investors to 

understand, they do not produce the same short-term volatility and tracking error concerns as 

swing pricing, and they provide more transparency to potential investors regarding the expected 

performance impact of anti-dilutive measures on a fund’s NAV (the proceeds from both 

redemption fees and swing pricing eventually make their way into the NAV).

If purchase or redemption fees are made contingent on the size of a transaction, a fund 

may be able to tailor these fees to transactions that are more likely to impose costs on nontransacting investors. For example, a large redemption may make it more likely that a fund 

experiences significant net redemptions on a given day. Targeting purchase and redemption fees 

in this manner could allow a fund to achieve some of the benefits of swing pricing without its 

potentially redistributive effects.470 For example, if a fund experiences gross subscriptions of 10 

shares and gross redemptions of 20 shares on a given day, and recovers trading costs from 

redeeming investors via swing pricing, roughly half of those proceeds will be returned to nontransacting shareholders in the fund (the other half goes to subscribers), and some dilution will 

still occur. To the extent that fund flows on that day are driven by large redemptions, a targeted 

redemption fee may allow a fund to assess estimated costs to redeeming investors while 

returning all proceeds to the fund.

In terms of direct costs, redemption fees may require more coordination with a fund’s 

service providers because these fees need to be imposed on an investor-by-investor basis—which 

may be particularly difficult with respect to omnibus accounts. While there are funds that 

 470 See supra footnote 427 and related discussion on distributional issues with swing pricing.
161

currently utilize redemption fees and have built systems to support them, these redemption fees 

are generally constant fees that are not tailored to the costs of a given redemption. Swing 

pricing, on the other hand, will require some funds and intermediaries to create new systems and 

operational procedures (discussed above), but once those are in place swing pricing will be 

incorporated in the process by which a fund strikes its NAV, and will not require any additional 

investor-specific infrastructure to assess trading costs to them.

Finally, a closely related alternative to swing pricing that the Commission could have 

adopted would be to permit funds to employ dual pricing, which has been used in certain 

European funds.471 Instead of swinging the NAV in one direction based on net flows and 

establishing a single price at which investors transact, dual pricing would allow the fund to set a 

“spread” around the fund’s true NAV: a bid price at which the fund redeems shares and an offer 

price at which the fund issues new shares. This spread could be set in a manner similar to the 

rule’s swing factor (e.g., based on a threshold of net flows), or on an ad-hoc basis based on the 

fund’s portfolio and any relevant market conditions on the trade date. Dual pricing is an 

alternative that shares many costs and benefits with the rule’s swing pricing component. The 

major benefit of dual pricing relative to the rule is that it does not allow one type of fund investor 

to benefit at the expense of another. For example, under swing pricing, if the NAV is adjusted 

downwards when a fund experiences net redemptions, any subscribing investors are able to 

purchase the fund at a discount at the expense of some of the redeeming investors, and this 

reduces the proceeds that are recovered by non-transacting shareholders in the fund. Under the 

same scenario with dual pricing, subscribers do not receive a discount (if anything, they may pay 

 471 See BlackRock Fund Structures Paper, supra footnote 46 for a high level comparison of some of the 

differences between dual pricing and swing pricing.
162

a premium which benefits non-transacting shareholders), and all of the proceeds from redeeming 

investors are returned to the fund. The primary cost of dual pricing relative to the rule is that it 

may impose additional requirements and risks on fund intermediaries, service providers, and 

other third parties as they now need to handle two NAVs on each trade date. Furthermore, to the 

extent that dual pricing is implemented using a constant spread around a fund’s NAV, it may not 

be able to reflect the costs associated with fund redemptions or subscriptions on a given day as 

well as swing pricing.

IV. PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT ANALYSIS

A. Introduction

The amendments to rule 22c-1 contain “collections of information” within the meaning of 

the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).472 In addition, the amendments to rule 31a-2, 

Regulation S-X and Form N-1A will impact the collections of information burden under those 

rules and form.473 The new reporting requirements on Form N-CEN will impact the collections 

of information burden associated with the form described in the Investment Company Reporting 

Modernization Adopting Release.

474

The titles for the existing collections of information are: “Rule 31a-2 Records to be 

preserved by registered investment companies, certain majority-owned subsidiaries thereof, and 

other persons having transactions with registered investment companies” (OMB Control No. 

3235-0179); and “Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and under the Investment 

 472 44 U.S.C. 3501 through 3521.

473 The paperwork burden from Regulation S-X is imposed by the rules and forms that relate to Regulation 

S-X and, thus, is reflected in the analysis of those rules and forms. To avoid a PRA inventory reflecting 

duplicative burdens and for administrative convenience, we have previously assigned a one-hour burden to 

Regulation S-X.

474 See Investment Company Reporting Modernization Adopting Release, supra footnote 11, at section IV.A.
163

Company Act of 1940, Registration Statement of Open-End Management Investment 

Companies” (OMB Control No. 3235-0307). In the Investment Company Reporting 

Modernization Adopting Release, we submitted new collections of information for Form NCEN.475 The title for the new collections of information is: “Form N-CEN Under the Investment 

Company Act, Annual Report for Registered Investment Companies.” 

We are submitting new collections of information for the amendments to rule 22c-1 

under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The title for the new collections of information will 

be: “Rule 22c-1 Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, Pricing of redeemable securities 

for distribution, redemption and repurchase.” The Commission is submitting these collections of 

information to the OMB for review in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3507(d) and 5 CFR 1320.11. 

An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of 

information unless it displays a currently valid control number.

The Commission is adopting amendments to rule 22c-1, rule 31a-2, Regulation S-X, and 

Form N-1A. The Commission also is adopting a new item to Form N-CEN. The amendments 

are designed to prevent potential dilution of interests of fund shareholders in light of shareholder 

purchase and redemption activity and enhance disclosure and Commission oversight of funds’ 

use of swing pricing. We discuss below the collection of information burdens associated with 

these reforms. In the Proposing Release, the Commission solicited comment on the collection of 

information requirements and the accuracy of the Commission’s statements in the Proposing 

Release. 

B. Rule 22c-1

We are adopting, largely as proposed, amendments to rule 22c-1 that will enable a fund 

 475 See id.
164

(with the exception of a money market fund or ETF) to choose to use “swing pricing” as a tool to 

mitigate shareholder dilution.476 This will be a new collection of information under the PRA. 

We believe that rule 22c-1 will promote investor protection by providing funds with an 

additional tool to mitigate the potentially dilutive effects of shareholder purchase or redemption 

activity and provide a set of operational standards that will allow funds to gain comfort using 

swing pricing as a new means of mitigating potential dilution.477 

In order to use swing pricing under rule 22c-1, as amended, a fund is required to establish 

and implement swing pricing policies and procedures that meet certain requirements.478 The

policies and procedures must specify the process for how the fund’s swing threshold(s) and 

swing factor(s) are determined, which must include the establishment of an upper limit on the 

swing factor(s) used (which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share).

479 The amendments 

require a fund’s board of directors to approve the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures,

as well as the fund’s swing threshold and swing factor upper limit (and any changes to the swing 

threshold or swing factor upper limit).

480 The fund’s board is also required to review, no less 

frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the persons responsible for administering 

swing pricing that describes: (i) its review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies 

and procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating 

dilution; (ii) any material changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the 

date of the last report; and (iii) its review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing 

 476 See supra section II.A. See also rule 22c-1(a)(3).

477 See supra section II.A.

478 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i).

479 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(i)(B) and (C).

480 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(A) and (B).
165

factor(s), and swing factor upper limit considering the requirements of the rule, including the 

information and data supporting these determinations.

481 A fund is required to maintain the 

fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and a written copy of the periodic report provided 

to the board.482 The requirements that funds adopt policies and procedures, obtain board 

approval and periodic review, provide a written report to the board, and retain certain records 

related to swing pricing are collections of information under the PRA. The respondents to 

amended rule 22c-1 will be open-end management investment companies (other than money 

market funds or ETFs) that engage in swing pricing. Compliance with rule 22c-1(a)(3) will be 

mandatory for any fund that chooses to use swing pricing to adjust its NAV in reliance on the 

amendments. The information required under rule 22c-1 regarding swing pricing when provided 

to the Commission in connection with staff examinations and investigations and oversight 

programs will be kept confidential subject to the provisions of applicable law. 

In the Proposing Release, we estimated that 167 fund complexes include funds that would 

adopt swing pricing policies and procedures pursuant to the rule.483 For purposes of the PRA 

analysis, we estimated that each fund complex would incur a one-time average burden of 24

hours to document swing pricing policies and procedures. Under the proposal, rule 22c-1 would 

have required fund boards initially to approve the swing pricing policies and procedures 

(including the swing threshold) and any material changes to them, and we estimated a one-time 

burden of five hours per fund complex associated with the fund board’s review and approval of 

swing pricing policies and procedures. Amortized over a 3-year period, we estimated that this 

 481 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(ii)(D).

482 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii).

483 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at n. 766 and accompanying text.
166

would be an annual burden per fund complex of about 10 hours. Accordingly, we estimated that 

the total burden associated with the preparation and approval of swing pricing policies and 

procedures by those fund complexes that we believed would use swing pricing would be 4,843

hours.484 We also estimated that it would cost a fund complex $21,710 to document, review and 

initially approve these policies and procedures, for a total cost of $3,625,570.

485

As discussed above, many commenters expressed general concerns about the operational 

and technology costs associated with swing pricing and recommended that the Commission 

consider the substantial costs and technology challenges that need to be overcome to implement 

swing pricing.486 One commenter expressed the belief that the Commission significantly 

underestimated the costs associated with developing and implementing the systems and 

procedures necessary to comply with rule 22c-1 swing pricing requirements and stated that its 

implementation costs for swing pricing would likely be four or five times more costly than the 

Commission’s estimates in the proposal.487 We appreciate the information provided by the 

commenter and, in consideration of their comment, have extrapolated from this commenter’s 

 484 This estimate was based on the following calculation: (24 +5) hours x 167 fund complexes = 4,843 hours.

485 These estimates were based on the following calculations: 12 hours x $198 (hourly rate for a senior 

accountant) = $2,376; 12 hours x $455.5 (blended hourly rate for assistant general counsel ($426) and chief 

compliance officer ($485)) = $5,466; 3 hours x $4,400 (hourly rate for a board of 8 directors) = $13,200; 2 

hours (for a fund attorney’s time to prepare materials for the board’s determinations) x $334 (hourly rate 

for a compliance attorney) = $668; ($2,376 + $5,466 +$13,200 + $668) = $21,710; $21,710 x 167 fund

complexes = $3,625,570. The hourly wages used were from SIFMA’s Management & Professional 

Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified to account for an 1800-hour work-year and multiplied 

by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits, and overhead. See also infra footnote 492

(discussing basis for estimated hourly rate for a board of directors).

486 See supra section II.A.2. See also e.g., Dechert Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; ICI 

Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter; Invesco Comment Letter; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; Charles 

Schwab Comment Letter; T. Rowe Comment Letter.

487 See Charles Schwab Comment Letter (stating that the Commission based its estimated costs to establish 

and implement swing pricing policies and procedures in part on the costs associated with implementing the 

fees and gates provisions of the 2014 money market fund reform rule and that, in the commenter’s 

experience, the implementation costs for the money market fund reform rule were severely understated).
167

estimate increased cost estimates for the amendments to rule 22c-1 adopted today.488 

The Commission has modified the estimated increase in burden hours associated with a 

fund documenting its swing pricing policies and procedures in consideration of commenters’ 

concerns that such burdens were underestimated as well as modifications made to the proposal 

and updates to data figures that were utilized in the Proposing Release. We estimate that 84 fund 

complexes, rather than 167 fund complexes (half as many fund complexes as estimated in the 

proposal), include funds that will adopt swing pricing policies and procedures pursuant to the 

rule.489 While one commenter suggested that the burden to comply with the amendments to rule 

22c-1 would be four or five times more costly than in the proposal, we believe that with respect 

to the PRA analysis, the estimated burdens for documenting swing pricing procedures will not be 

as high as the commenter’s estimate of the costs associated with the entire implementation of 

swing pricing policies and procedures. Based on our review of the adopted requirements, we 

estimate that each fund complex will incur a one-time average burden of 48 hours, rather than 24 

hours, to document swing pricing policies and procedures. We further estimate that each fund 

complex will spend 2 hours, on average, preparing the required written report to the board. 

Since a fund board will approve the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, swing 

threshold, and swing factor upper limit as well as review, no less frequently than annually, a 

written report that includes certain required information, we estimate a one-time burden of 7

hours, rather than 5 hours per fund complex associated with the fund board’s review and 

 488 See supra section III.C.1.b.

489 See supra section III.C.1.b. As we discussed in section III.C.1.b, commenters noted a variety of challenges 

associated with the immediate implementation of swing pricing. Accordingly, we have revised our 

estimated number of fund complexes that will implement swing pricing within the three-year period 

discussed below. Additionally, the two-year extended effective date means that no fund may implement 

swing pricing until the third year, which will likely further reduce the number of funds for purposes of this 

estimate.
168

approval of swing pricing policies and procedures. 

Amortized over a 3-year period, we estimate that this will be an annual burden per fund 

complex of about 19 hours, rather than 10 hours.490 Accordingly, we estimate that the total 

burden associated with the preparation and approval of swing pricing policies and procedures by 

those fund complexes that we believe will use swing pricing will be 4,788 hours, rather than 

4,843 hours.491 We also estimate that it will cost a fund complex $35,496, rather than $21,710, to 

document, review and initially approve these policies and procedures, for a total cost of 

$2,981,664, rather than $3,625,570.492

We are adopting, as proposed, amendments to rule 22c-1 to require a fund that uses 

swing pricing to maintain the fund’s swing policies and procedures that are in effect, or at any 

time within the past six years were in effect, in an easily accessible place.493 In a modification to 

the proposal, we also are requiring a fund to retain a written copy of the periodic report provided 

to the board prepared by the swing pricing administrator that describes, among other things, the 

swing pricing administrator’s review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and 

procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating 

 490 This estimate is based on the following calculations: 48 hours +2 hours + 7 hours ÷ 3 = 19 hours. 

491 This estimate is based on the following calculation: (48 +2 +7) hours x 84 fund complexes = 4,788 hours.

492 These estimates are based on the following calculations: 24 hours x $201 (hourly rate for a senior 

accountant) = $4,824; 24 hours x $463 (blended hourly rate for assistant general counsel ($433) and chief 

compliance officer ($493)) = $11,112; 4 hours x $4,465 (hourly rate for a board of 8 directors) = $17,860; 5 

hours (for a fund attorney’s time to prepare materials for the board’s determinations) x $340 (hourly rate 

for a compliance attorney) = $1,700; ($4,824 + $11,112 +$17,860 + $1,700) = $35,496; $35,496 x 84 fund

complexes = $2,981,664. The hourly wages used are from SIFMA’s Management & Professional Earnings 

in the Securities Industry 2013, modified by Commission staff to account for an 1800-hour work-year and 

inflation, and multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits, and overhead. The 

staff previously estimated in 2009 that the average cost of board of director time was $4,000 per hour for 

the board as a whole, based on information received from funds and their counsel. Adjusting for inflation, 

the staff estimates that the current average cost of board of director time is approximately $4,465.

493 See rule 22c-1(a)(3)(iii).
169

dilution and any back-testing performed.

494 The retention of these records is necessary to allow 

the staff during examinations of funds to determine whether a fund is in compliance with its 

swing pricing policies and procedures and with rule 22c-1, as amended. 

In the Proposing Release, we estimated that the burden would be three hours per fund 

complex to retain the proposed swing pricing records, with 1.5 hours spent by a general clerk and 

1.5 hours spent by a senior computer operator. We estimated a time cost per fund complex of 

$216.495 We estimated that the total for recordkeeping related to swing pricing would be 501 

hours, at an aggregate cost of $36,072 for all fund complexes that we believe include funds that 

would adopt swing pricing policies and procedures.

496 Amortized over a three-year period, we 

believed that the hour burdens and time costs associated with the proposed amendments to rule 

22c-1, including the burden associated with the requirements that funds adopt policies and 

procedures, obtain board approval and retain certain records related to swing pricing, would 

result in an average aggregate annual burden of 2,115 hours and average aggregate time costs of 

$1,244,595.

497 We estimated that there were no external costs associated with this collection of 

information.

We did not receive any comments on the estimated hour and cost burdens for this record 

retention requirement. The Commission has modified the estimated increase in annual burden 

hours and total time costs that will result from the amendments based on the modification to the 

 494 See id.

495 This estimate was based on the following calculations: 1.5 hours x $57 (hourly rate for a general clerk) = 

$85.5; 1.5 hours x $87 (hourly rate for a senior computer operator) = $130.5. $85.5 + $130.5 = $216. 

496 These estimates were based on the following calculations: 3 hours x 167 fund complexes = 501 hours. 167 

fund complexes x $216 = $36,072.

497 These estimates were based on the following calculations: 4,843 hours (year 1) + (3 x 501 hours) (years 1, 

2 and 3) ÷ 3 = 2,115 hours; $3,625,570 (year 1) + (3 x $36,072) (years 1, 2 and 3) ÷ 3 = $1,244,595.
170

proposal to require funds to retain a written copy of the annual report provided to the board from 

the swing pricing administrator. We have also modified the estimated increase in annual burden 

hours and total time costs in light of updated data concerning funds and fund personnel salaries. 

We estimate that the burden will be four hours, rather than three hours, per fund complex to 

retain these records, with 2 hours, rather than 1.5 hours, spent by a general clerk and 2 hours, 

rather than 1.5 hours, spent by a senior computer operator. Based on updates to the industry data 

figures that were utilized in the Proposing Release, we estimate a time cost per fund complex of 

$292, rather than $216.498 We estimate that the total for recordkeeping related to swing pricing 

will be 336 hours, rather than 501 hours, at an aggregate cost of $24,528, rather than $36,072, for 

all fund complexes that we believe include funds that would adopt swing pricing policies and 

procedures.499 

Amortized over a three-year period, we believe that the hour burdens and time costs 

associated with the amendments to rule 22c-1, including the burden associated with the 

requirements that funds adopt policies and procedures, obtain board approval, and periodic 

review of an annual written report from the swing pricing administrator, and retain certain 

records and written reports related to swing pricing, will result in an average aggregate annual 

burden of 1,932 hours, rather than 2,115 hours, and average aggregate time costs of $1,018,416, 

rather than $1,244,595.500 We continue to estimate that there are no external costs associated 

with this collection of information.

 498 This estimate is based on the following calculations: 2 hours x $58 (hourly rate for a general clerk) = $116; 

2 hours x $88 (hourly rate for a senior computer operator) = $176. $116 + $176 = $292. 

499 These estimates are based on the following calculations: 4 hours x 84 fund complexes = 336 hours. 84 

fund complexes x $292 = $24,528. 

500 These estimates are based on the following calculations: (4,788 hours (year 1) + (3 x 336 hours) (years 1, 2 

and 3)) ÷ 3 = 1,932 hours; ($2,981,664 (year 1) + (3 x $24,528) (years 1, 2 and 3)) ÷ 3 = $1,018,416. 
171

C. Rule 31a-2

Section 31(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act requires registered investment 

companies and certain of their majority-owned subsidiaries to maintain and preserve records as 

prescribed by Commission rules. Rule 31a-1 under the Act specifies the books and records that 

must be maintained. Rule 31a-2 under the Act specifies the time periods that entities must retain 

certain books and records, including those required to be maintained under rule 31a-1. The 

retention of records, as required by rule 31a-2, is necessary to ensure access by Commission staff 

to material business and financial information about funds and certain related entities. This 

information is used by the staff to evaluate fund compliance with the Investment Company Act 

and regulations thereunder. The Commission currently estimates that the annual burden 

associated with rule 31a-2 is 220 hours per fund, with 110 hours spent by a general clerk at a rate 

of $52 per hour and 110 hours spent by a senior computer operator at a rate of $81 per hour.501 

The current estimate of the total annual burden for all funds to comply with rule 31a-2 is 

approximately 766,480 hours at an estimated cost of $50,970,920.502 

We are adopting amendments to rule 31a-2 to require a fund that chooses to use swing 

pricing to create and maintain a record of support for each computation of an adjustment to the 

NAV of the fund’s shares based on the fund’s swing policies and procedures.503 This collection 

of information requirement is mandatory for any fund that chooses to use swing pricing to adjust 

 501 The estimated salary rates were derived from SIFMA’s Office Salaries in the Securities Industry 2011, 

modified to account for an 1800-hour work-year and multiplied by 2.93 to account for bonuses, firm size, 

employee benefits, and overhead. 

502 These estimates were based on the following calculations: 220 hours x 3,484 funds (the estimated number 

of funds the last time the rule’s information collections were submitted for PRA renewal in 2012) = 

766,480 total hours; 776,480 hours ÷ 2 = 383,240 hours; 383,240 x $52/hour for a clerk = $19,928,480; 

383,240 x $81 rate per hour for a computer operator = $31,042,440; $19,928,480 + $31,042,440 = 

$50,970,920 total cost. 

503 Proposed amendment to rule 31a-2(a)(2).
172

its NAV in reliance on the adopted amendments to rule 22c-1. To the extent that the 

Commission receives confidential information in connection with staff examinations and 

investigations and oversight programs pursuant to this collection of information, such 

information will be kept confidential, subject to the provisions of applicable law.

In the proposal, we estimated that approximately 947 funds would use swing pricing and 

that each fund that uses swing pricing generally would incur an additional burden of 1 hour per 

year in order to comply with the proposed amendments to rule 31a-2.504 Accordingly, we 

estimated that the total average annual hour burden associated with the proposed amendments to 

rule 31a-2 would have been an additional 947 hours at a cost of $68,169.505 

Based on updates to industry data figures that were utilized in the Proposing Release and 

the reduction in our estimate of the number of funds in fund complexes that will choose to use 

swing pricing, for purposes of the PRA analysis, we estimate that approximately 474 funds (half 

as many funds as proposed) will use swing pricing.506 In light of the concerns expressed by 

commenters that the Commission underestimated the operational costs associated with swing 

pricing discussed above,

507 we estimate that each fund that uses swing pricing generally will 

incur an additional burden of 3 hours, rather than 1 hour per year in order to comply with the 

amendments to rule 31a-2. Accordingly, we estimate that the total average annual hour burden 

associated with the amendments to rule 31a-2 will be an additional 1,422 hours, rather than 947 

 504 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section V.D.

505 These estimates were based on the following calculations: 1 hour x 947 funds = 947 total hours; 474 hours 

x $57 rate per hour for a general clerk = $27,018; 473 hours x $87 rate per hour for a senior computer 

operator = $41,151; $27,018 + $41,151 = $68,169 total cost.

506 See also, supra footnote 489 and accompanying text.

507 See, e.g., Dechert Comment Letter; Eaton Vance Comment Letter; J.P. Morgan Comment Letter; T. Rowe

Comment Letter.
173

hours, at a cost of $103,806, rather than $68,169.508 

The Commission currently estimates that the average external cost of preserving books

and records required by rule 31a-2 is approximately $70,000 per fund at a total cost of 

approximately $243,880,000 per year,509 but that funds would already spend approximately half 

this amount to preserve these same books and records, as they are also necessary to prepare 

financial statements, meet various state reporting requirements, and prepare their annual federal 

and state income tax returns. Therefore, the Commission estimated that the total annual cost 

burden for all funds as a result of compliance with rule 31a-2 is approximately $121,940,000.510 

In the proposal, we estimated that the annual external cost burden of compliance with the 

information collection requirements of rule 31a-2 would increase by $300 per fund that engages 

in swing pricing, for an increase in the total annual cost burden of $284,100.

511 We are 

modifying this figure in response to commenters’ general concerns that the Commission as 

underestimated the operational costs associated with swing pricing and the reduction in the 

number of funds we estimate will use swing pricing, as discussed above. We estimate that the 

annual external cost burden of compliance with the information collection requirements of rule 

31a-2 would increase by $600 per fund, rather than $300 per fund that engages in swing pricing, 

for an increase in the total annual cost burden of $284,400, rather than $284,100.

512 

 508 These estimates are based on the following calculations: 3 hour x 474 funds = 1,422 total hours; 711 hours 

x $58 rate per hour for a general clerk = $41,238; 711 hours x $88 rate per hour for a senior computer 

operator = $62,568; $41,238 + $62,568 = $103,806 total cost.

509 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 3,484 funds (the estimated number of funds the last 

time the rule’s information collections were submitted for PRA renewal in 2012) x $70,000 = 

$243,880,000. 

510 See Submission of OMB Review; and Comment Request, Extension: Rule 31a-2, OMB Control No. 3235-

0179, Securities and Exchange Commission, 77 FR 66885 (Nov. 7, 2012). 

511 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 947 funds x $300 = $284,100.

512 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 474 funds x $600 = $284,400.
174

D. Form N-CEN

On May 20, 2015, we proposed to amend rule 30a-1 to require all funds to file reports 

with certain census-type information on proposed Form N-CEN with the Commission on an 

annual basis. Proposed Form N-CEN would have been a collection of information under the 

PRA, and was designed to facilitate the Commission’s oversight of funds and its ability to 

monitor trends and risks. The collection of information under Form N-CEN would be mandatory 

for all funds, and responses would not be kept confidential.

In the Investment Company Reporting Modernization Proposing Release, we estimated 

that the average annual hour burden per response for proposed Form N-CEN for the first year 

would be 32.37 hours and 12.37 hours in subsequent years.513 Amortizing the burden over three 

years, we estimated that the average annual hour burden per fund per year would be 19.04 and 

the total average annual hour burden would be 59,900 hours.514 We also estimated that all 

applicable funds would incur, in the aggregate, external annual costs of $1,748,637, which would 

include the costs of registering and maintaining LEIs for funds.515 

We are adopting, substantially as proposed, a new reporting item on Form N-CEN to 

require funds to report information regarding swing pricing.

516 Specifically, the new item on

 513 Investment Company Reporting Modernization Proposing Release, supra footnote 11, at n.762 and 

accompanying text.

514 Id. at n.765 and accompanying text.

515 In the Investment Company Reporting Modernization Adopting Release, we continue to estimate that the 

average annual hour burden per response for Form N-CEN for the first year will be 32.37 hours and 12.37 

hours in subsequent years. Amortizing the burden over three years, we continue to estimate that the 

average annual burden per fund year will be 19.04 hours but that the total aggregate annual hour burden 

will be 59,272 hours, rather than 59,900 in light of updates to the industry data figures that were utilized in 

the Investment Company Reporting Modernization Proposing Release. See Investment Company 

Reporting Modernization Adopting Release, supra footnote 11, at section IV.B.1. 

516 In the Proposing Release, we also proposed to add to Form N-CEN a requirement for funds to report 

information concerning lines of credit, interfund lending, and interfund borrowing. We are adopting those 
175

Form N-CEN will require funds (other than money market funds and ETFs) to report whether 

they used swing pricing during the reporting period and, if so, the fund’s swing factor upper 

limit.

517 

In the Proposing Release, we estimated that 8,734 funds would be required to file

responses on Form N-CEN. We estimated that the average annual hour burden per additional 

response to Form N-CEN as a result of the proposed new reporting requirements would be 0.5 

hour per fund per year for a total average annual hour burden of 4,367 hours.518 We did not 

estimate any change to the external costs associated with proposed Form N-CEN.

We did not receive any comments on these estimated hour and cost burdens. The 

Commission has modified the estimated increase in annual burden hours and total time costs 

based on the modification to the proposal to address separately in this Release the requirement to 

report whether a fund used swing pricing during the reporting period and require funds report the 

swing factor upper limit if swing pricing was used during the reporting period. The estimated 

increase in annual burden hours and total time costs also has been modified in light of updated 

data concerning funds and fund personnel salaries. We estimate that 9,039 funds will be 

required to file responses to Item C.21 of Form N-CEN regarding swing pricing.519 For these 

funds, we estimate that the average annual hour burden per additional response to Form N-CEN

as a result of the adopted swing pricing-related additions to Form N-CEN will be 0.5 hour per 

 reporting requirements and discuss related PRA burdens and costs in the Liquidity Risk Management 

Programs Adopting Release. See supra footnote 8, at section V.G.

517 See Item C.21 of Form N-CEN.

518 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 8,734 funds x 0.5 hours = 4,367 hours.

519 See supra footnote 388.
176

fund per year for a total average annual hour burden of 4,519.5 hours.

520 We do not estimate any 

change to the external costs associated with proposed Form N-CEN.

E. Form N-1A

Form N-1A is the registration form used by open-end investment companies. The 

respondents to the amendments to Form N-1A adopted today are open-end management 

investment companies registered or registering with the Commission. Compliance with the 

disclosure requirements of Form N-1A is mandatory, and the responses to the disclosure 

requirements are not confidential. We currently estimate for Form N-1A a total hour burden of 

1,579,974 hours, and the total annual external cost burden is $124,820,197.521

We are adopting amendments to Form N-1A that require funds that use swing pricing to 

disclose that they use swing pricing, and, if applicable, an explanation of what swing pricing is, 

the circumstances under which swing pricing is used, and the effects of using swing pricing.

522 

Funds that use swing pricing will also be required to disclose the swing factor upper limit.

523 We 

also are adopting amendments to Form N-1A that require funds to include, if applicable, a 

footnote that describes the effects of swing pricing on the fund’s annual total return bar chart and 

average annual total returns table, and additional disclosures in the prospectus financial 

highlights with respect to the per share impact of amounts related to swing pricing in the NAV 

per-share roll-forward, as well as the Swung NAV per share.

524,525 

 520 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 9,039 funds x .5 hour = 4,519.5 hours.

521 These estimates are based on the last time the rule’s information collections were submitted for PRA 

renewal in 2014.

522 See Item 6(d) of Form N-1A. 

523 See id.

524 See supra section II.B. See also Item 4(b)(2)(ii); Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E); Item 13(a); and Instructions 2(d) and 

(e) of Item 13(a).
177

We believe that requiring funds to provide this additional disclosure regarding swing 

pricing will provide Commission staff, investors, and market participants with improved 

information about the conditions under which swing pricing procedures will be used to mitigate 

the effects of dilution as a result of shareholder purchase or redemption activity.

Form N-1A generally imposes two types of reporting burdens on investment companies: 

(i) the burden of preparing and filing the initial registration statement; and (ii) the burden of 

preparing and filing post-effective amendments to a previously effective registration statement 

(including post-effective amendments filed pursuant to rule 485(a) or 485(b) under the Securities 

Act, as applicable). In the Proposing Release, we estimated that each fund would incur a onetime burden of an additional 2 hours,526 at a time cost of an additional $637,527 to draft and 

finalize the required disclosure and amend its registration statement in response to the proposed 

Form N-1A disclosure requirements. In aggregate, we estimated that funds would incur a onetime burden of an additional 17,468 hours,

528 at a time cost of an additional $5,563,558,529 to 

comply with the Form N-1A disclosure requirements originally proposed. We estimated that 

amortizing the one-time burden over a three-year period would result in an average annual 

 525 See supra section II.B. In the Proposing Release, we also proposed to amend Form N-1A to require funds 

to disclose additional information concerning the procedures for redeeming a fund’s shares. We are 

adopting those disclosure requirements and discuss related PRA burdens and costs in the Liquidity Risk

Management Programs Adopting Release. See supra footnote 8, at section V.H.

526 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 1 hour to update registration statement to include

swing pricing-related disclosure statements + 1 hour to update registration statement disclosure about 

redemption procedures = 2 hours.

527 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 2 hours x $318.5 (blended rate for a compliance 

attorney ($334) and a senior programmer ($303)) = $637.

528 This estimate was based on the following calculations: 2 hours x 8,734 funds = 17,468 hours.

529 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 17,468 hours x $318.50 (blended rate for a 

compliance attorney ($334) and a senior programmer ($303)) = $5,563,558.
178

burden of an additional 5,823 hours at a time cost of an additional $1,854,519.530 

In the Proposing Release, we also estimated that each fund would incur an ongoing 

burden of an additional 0.25 hours, at a time cost of an additional $80,531 each year to review and 

update the proposed disclosure in response to Item 11 and Item 28 of Form N-1A regarding the 

pricing and redemption of fund shares and the inclusion of credit agreements as exhibits, 

respectively. In aggregate, we estimated that funds would incur an annual burden of an 

additional 2,184 hours,532 at a time cost of an additional $695,604,533 to comply with the proposed 

Form N-1A disclosure requirements.

In the Proposing Release, we further estimated that amortizing these one-time and 

ongoing hour and cost burdens over three years would result in an average annual increased 

burden of approximately 0.50 hours per fund,534 at a time cost of $265.42 per fund.535 

In total, we estimated in the Proposing Release that funds would incur an average annual 

increased burden of approximately 8,007 hours,536 at a time cost of approximately $2,550,123,

537

to comply with the proposed Form N-1A disclosure requirements. We did not estimate any 

change to the external costs associated with the proposed amendments to Form N-1A.

 530 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 17,468 hours ÷ 3 = 5,823 average annual burden 

hours; $5,563,558 burden costs ÷ 3 = $1,854,519 average annual burden cost.

531 This estimate was based on the following calculations: 0.25 hours x $318.50 (blended hourly rate for a 

compliance attorney ($334) and a senior programmer ($303)) = $79.63.

532 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 0.25 hours x 8,734 funds = 2,183.5 hours.

533 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 2,184 hours x $318.50 (blended hourly rate for a 

compliance attorney ($334) and a senior programmer ($303)) = $695,604.

534 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 1 burden hour (year 1) + 0.25 burden hour (year 2) + 

0.25 burden hour (year 3) ÷ 3 = 0.50 hours.

535 This estimate was based on the following calculation: $637 (year 1 monetized burden hours) + $79.63 (year 

2 monetized burden hours) + $79.63 (year 3 monetized burden hours) ÷ 3 = $265.42.

536 This estimate was based on the following calculation: 5,823 hours + 2,184 hours = 8,007 hours.

537 This estimate was based on the following calculation: $1,854,519 + $695,604 = $2,550,123.
179

One commenter stated that the cost estimates under the proposal were overly optimistic, 

including as an example our estimated $637 cost per fund to implement the proposed Form N-1A 

disclosure requirements.538 As discussed above, the amendments to Form N-1A, discussed in 

this Release, concern disclosure requirements related to swing pricing only. We recognize that 

certain disclosure requirements related to swing pricing have been modified from the proposal 

and that these disclosure requirements were not contemplated in the burden hours and costs we 

estimated in the Proposing Release. For example, we are adopting a requirement that a fund 

include in its financial highlights presentation in Form N-1A two NAV calculations (i.e., the Net 

Asset Value adjusted for GAAP and the Net Asset Value adjusted pursuant to Swing Pricing, 

End of Period) rather than a single Swung NAV as proposed.539 We are also adopting a 

requirement that funds include a general description of the effects of swing pricing on the fund’s 

annual total returns bar chart and average annual total returns table if swing pricing policies and 

procedures were applied during any of the periods represented.540 We are also requiring funds 

that use swing pricing to disclose the swing factor upper limit.541 In addition, we recognize that 

one commenter suggested that we had understated the cost estimates associated with 

amendments to Form N-1A although they did not provide alternative quantitative estimates.542 

The Commission has modified the estimated increase in annual burden hours and total 

 538 See FSR Comment Letter (noting that changes to a fund’s disclosure typically involve a number of 

stakeholders and several rounds of drafting and review, such that costs associated with even modest 

changes to fund disclosure can have a serious cost component). With the exception of this comment, we 

did not receive comments on the estimated hour and costs burdens associated with the disclosure 

amendments to Form N-1A under the proposal.

539 See Item 13 of Form N-1A. See also supra section II.B. 

540 See Item 4(b)(2)(ii) and Item 4(b)(2)(iv)(E) of Form N-1A.

541 See Item 6(d) of Form N-1A. 

542 See FSR Comment Letter.
180

time costs that will result from the amendments to Form N-1A based on the modifications to the 

proposal discussed in this Release. Furthermore, we have considered the concern expressed by 

one commenter that the burdens and costs estimated in the proposal were overly optimistic. We

also have estimated an increase in the aggregate annual burden hours that will result from the 

amendments to Form N-1A in light of updated data regarding the number of funds subject to the 

disclosure requirements. 

In the Proposing Release, we estimated that approximately 947 funds would use swing 

pricing.543 Based on updates to industry data figures that were utilized in the Proposing Release 

and the reduction in our estimate of the number of funds in fund complexes that will choose to 

use swing pricing, for purposes of the PRA analysis, we estimate that approximately 474 funds

(half as many funds as proposed) will use swing pricing.544 We estimate that each fund will incur 

a one-time burden of an additional 2 hours, rather than 1 hour, to draft and finalize the required 

swing pricing-related disclosures and amend its registration statement accordingly,

545 but at a 

time cost of an additional $648, rather than $637,546 based on updated data concerning funds and 

fund personnel salaries. In aggregate, we estimate that funds will incur a one-time burden of an 

additional 948 hours, 547 rather than 17,468 hours, at a time cost of an additional $307,152,

548

rather than $5,563,558, to comply with the Form N-1A disclosure requirements as adopted. We 

 543 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section V.D.

544 See supra footnote 489.

545 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 2 hours to update registration statement to include

swing pricing-related disclosure statements.

546 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 2 hours x $324 (blended rate for a compliance attorney

($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $648.

547 This estimate was based on the following calculations: 2 hours x 474 funds) = 948 hours.

548 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 948 hours x $324 (blended rate for a compliance 

attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $307,152.
181

estimate that amortizing the one-time burden over a three-year period will result in an average 

annual burden of an additional 316 hours, rather than 5,823 hours at a time cost of an additional 

$102,384, rather than $1,854,519.549 

In addition, we estimate that each fund will incur an ongoing burden of an additional one

hour, but at a time cost of an additional $324,

550 each year to review and update disclosures 

required in response to the amendments to Form N-1A related to swing pricing. In aggregate, we 

estimate that funds will incur an annual burden of an additional 474 hours,551 at a time cost of an 

additional $153,576,

552 to comply with the Form N-1A disclosure requirements related to swing 

pricing adopted today.

Furthermore, we estimate that amortizing these one-time and ongoing hour and cost 

burdens over three years will result in an average annual increased burden of approximately 1.33

hours per fund,553 but at a time cost of $432 per fund.554 

In total, we estimate that funds will incur an average annual increased burden of 

approximately 790 hours,555 at a time cost of approximately $255,960,

556 to comply with the 

Form N-1A disclosure requirements related to swing pricing adopted today. We do not estimate 

 549 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 948 hours ÷ 3 = 316 average annual burden hours; 

$307,152 burden costs ÷ 3 = $102,384 average annual burden cost.

550 This estimate is based on the following calculations: 1 hour x $324 (blended hourly rate for a compliance 

attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $324.

551 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 1 hour x 474 funds = 474 hours.

552 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 474 hours x $324 (blended hourly rate for a 

compliance attorney ($340) and a senior programmer ($308)) = $153,576.

553 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 2 burden hours (year 1) + 1 burden hour (year 2) + 1

burden hour (year 3) ÷ 3 = 1.33 hours.

554 This estimate is based on the following calculation: $648 (year 1 monetized burden hours) + $324 (year 2 

monetized burden hours) + $324 (year 3 monetized burden hours) ÷ 3 = $432.

555 This estimate is based on the following calculation: 316 hours + 474 hours = 790 hours.

556 This estimate is based on the following calculation: $102,384 + $153,576= $255,960.
182

any change to the external costs associated with these amendments to Form N-1A.

V. FINAL REGULATORY FLEXIBILITY ACT ANALYSIS

This Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis has been prepared in accordance with section 

3 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”).557 It relates to amendments to rule 22c-1, rule 31a2, Form N-1A, and Form N-CEN. We prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 

(“IRFA”) in conjunction with the Proposing Release in September 2015.558 The Proposing 

Release included, and solicited comment, on the IRFA.

A. Need for the Rule

Under current pricing methods, shareholder purchase and redemption activity could 

dilute the value of non-transacting shareholders’ interests in some funds. The Commission is 

adopting amendments to rule 22c-1 to permit a fund to use “swing pricing,” the process of 

adjusting a fund’s NAV to effectively pass on to purchasing and redeeming shareholders more of 

the costs stemming from their trading activity. We believe that rule 22c-1 will promote investor 

protection by providing funds with an additional tool to mitigate the potentially dilutive effects 

of shareholder purchase or redemption activity and provide a set of operational standards that 

will allow funds to gain comfort using swing pricing as a new means of mitigating potential 

dilution. Swing pricing may also provide funds with an additional tool to manage liquidity risks. 

In addition, the Commission is adopting related recordkeeping and disclosure requirements to 

enhance disclosure and Commission oversight of funds’ use of swing pricing. Each of these 

objectives is discussed in detail in section III above.

 557 5 U.S.C. 604.

558 See Proposing Release, supra footnote 6, at section VI.
183

B. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comment

In the Proposing Release, we requested comment on the IRFA, requesting in particular 

comment on the number of small entities that would be subject to the proposed swing pricing 

rules and whether the proposed swing pricing rules would have any effects that have not been 

discussed. We requested that commenters describe the nature of any effects on small entities 

subject to the proposed swing pricing rules and provide empirical data to support the nature and 

extent of such effects. We also requested comment on the estimated compliance burdens of the 

proposed swing pricing rules and how they would affect small entities. We received a number of 

comments related to the impact of our proposal on small entities, with some commenters 

expressing concern that certain large fund complexes with more influence over their distribution 

partners (or with more resources/internal processes in place to support swing pricing) would be 

more successful than small fund complexes in obtaining intraday flow information and 

implementing swing pricing.

559 We believe this effect on small fund complexes may be 

mitigated if fund service providers implement the operational changes necessary to support 

swing pricing for all funds that they service. Based on staff outreach, we understand that fund 

service providers are more likely to implement operational changes in this manner than they are 

to implement operational changes selectively for certain funds. We also note that funds will be 

permitted, but will not be required, to implement swing pricing.

C. Small Entities Subject to the Rule

An investment company is a small entity if, together with other investment companies in 

the same group of related investment companies, it has net assets of $50 million or less as of the 

 559 See CRMC Comment Letter; Dechert Comment Letter; ICI Comment Letter I; IDC Comment Letter.
184

end of its most recent fiscal year.560 Commission staff estimates that, as of December 31, 2015, 

there were 78 small open-end investment companies (within 76 fund complexes) that would be 

considered small entities; this number includes open-end ETFs.

D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements

1. Swing Pricing

Amendments to rule 22c-1 permit, but do not require, all registered open-end funds 

(except money market funds and ETFs), including small entities, to use swing pricing, provided 

that it adopts policies and procedures that include certain elements and are approved by the 

fund’s board.561 A fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures must provide that the fund is 

required to adjust its NAV per share by an amount known as the “swing factor” once the level of 

net purchases or net redemptions has exceeded a set, specified percentage of the fund’s NAV 

known as the “swing threshold.”562 A fund is required to consider certain factors in determining 

its swing threshold,563 and to take into account certain considerations in determining the swing 

factor.564 In addition, a fund is required to establish an upper limit on the swing factor(s) used, 

which may not exceed two percent of NAV per share. The fund’s board is required to approve 

the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, as well as the fund’s swing factor upper limit

and swing threshold(s) and any changes to the upper limit or threshold(s). The fund’s board is 

also required to periodically review a written report prepared by the persons responsible for 

 560 See rule 0-10(a) under the Act.

561 See supra section II.A.

562 A fund may have multiple, escalating swing factors, with each factor associated with a different swing 

threshold, subject to the two percent upper limit. See supra section II.A.3.c.

563 Id.

564 See supra section II.A.3.e.
185

administering swing pricing that includes certain required information.

565 A fund that adopts 

swing pricing policies and procedures also would be subject to certain recordkeeping 

requirements under proposed amendments to each of rule 22c-1 and rule 31a-2. We estimate that 

the annual external cost burden of compliance with these recordkeeping requirements would 

increase by $600 per fund that engages in swing pricing.

566 Because the amendments permit, but 

do not require a fund to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures, there is no compliance date 

associated with this proposed rule. We are providing a two-year effective date for the new swing 

pricing amendments, however, to provide time for funds, their intermediaries and service 

providers to make any operational changes necessary to implement swing pricing.567 By 

providing a uniform extended effective date, all eligible funds will have time to develop swing 

pricing capabilities (should they choose to do so) and competitive advantages among funds may 

be mitigated.

As discussed above, we estimate that, on average, a fund complex would incur one-time 

costs ranging from $2.4 million to $48.5 million, depending on the fund complex’s particular 

circumstances, to adopt swing pricing policies and procedures and comply with related record 

retention requirements, as well as ongoing annual costs ranging from $120,000 to $15.8 million

per year associated with the new swing pricing (and related recordkeeping) regulations.568 We 

estimate that 12 small fund complexes, rather than 24 small fund complexes (half as many small 

fund complexes as estimated in the proposal), include funds that will adopt swing pricing 

 565 See supra section II.A.3.f.

566 See supra footnote 512 and accompanying text. 

567 See supra section II.A.1.

568 See supra footnote 439 and accompanying paragraph.
186

policies and procedures pursuant to the rule.569 We further estimate that these small fund 

complexes would incur one-time and ongoing costs on the low end of the estimated range as 

compared to the high end of the estimated range (one-time costs of approximately $2.4 million 

and ongoing costs of approximately $120,000 per year for each small fund complex).

2. Disclosure and Reporting Requirements Regarding Swing Pricing

The swing pricing rules include amendments to Form N-1A and additions to Form NCEN that are intended to enhance fund disclosure and reporting regarding a fund’s use of swing 

pricing. In particular, the amendments to Form N-1A require funds that use swing pricing to 

disclose that they use swing pricing, and, if applicable, an explanation of what swing pricing is, 

the circumstances under which swing pricing is used, the effects of using swing pricing, and the 

upper limit the fund has set on the swing factor.

570 The amendments to Form N-1A also require 

funds to disclose on their balance sheet the NAV as adjusted pursuant to swing pricing policies 

and procedures.571 The amendments to Regulation S-X requires a fund to disclose both its 

GAAP NAV per share and the Swung NAV per share as adjusted pursuant to the fund’s swing 

pricing policies and procedures (if applicable). The new item in Form N-CEN requires

disclosure regarding whether a fund engaged in swing pricing during the reporting period and, if 

so, the fund’s swing factor upper limit. We estimate that 78 funds are small entities that would be 

required to comply with the proposed disclosure and reporting requirements.572 

As discussed above, we estimate that each fund, including funds that are small entities, will

 569 See supra footnote 489 and accompanying text.

570 See supra section II.B.

571 Id.

572 Commission staff estimate as of December 31, 2015.
187

incur a one-time burden of an additional 2 hours,573 at a time cost of an additional $648 (plus printing 

costs), to comply with the amendments to Form N-1A.574 We also estimate that each fund, including 

small entities, will incur an ongoing burden of an additional 1 hour, at a time cost of approximately 

an additional $324 each year associated with compliance with the amendments to Form N-1A.575 We 

do not estimate any change to the external costs associated with the amendments to Form N-1A. 

As discussed above, we also estimate that the average annual hour burden per additional 

response to Form N-CEN as a result of the adopted swing pricing additions to Form N-CEN will

be 0.5 hour per fund per year.

576 We do not estimate any change to the external costs associated with 

Form N-CEN.577

E. Agency Action to Minimize Effect on Small Entities

The Regulatory Flexibility Act directs the Commission to consider significant 

alternatives that would accomplish the stated objective, while minimizing any significant impact 

on small entities. Alternatives in this category would include: (i) Establishing different 

compliance or reporting standards that take into account the resources available to small entities; 

(ii) clarifying, consolidating, or simplifying the compliance requirements under the rules and 

amendments for small entities; (iii) using performance rather than design standards; and (iv) 

exempting small entities from coverage of the rules and amendments, or any part of the rules and 

amendments.

 573 See supra footnote 526 and accompanying text.

574 See supra footnote 527 and accompanying text.

575 See supra footnote 531 and accompanying text.

576 See supra footnote 520 and accompanying paragraph.

577 Id.
188

The Commission does not presently believe that the swing pricing rules would require the 

establishment of special compliance requirements or timetables for small entities. The swing 

pricing rules are specifically designed to reduce any unnecessary burdens on all funds (including 

small funds). To establish special compliance requirements or timetables for small entities may 

in fact disadvantage small entities by encouraging larger market participants to focus primarily 

on the needs of larger entities when making the operational changes envisioned by the swing 

pricing rules, and possibly ignoring the needs of smaller funds.

With respect to further clarifying, consolidating, or simplifying the compliance 

requirements of the swing pricing rules, using performance rather than design standards, and 

exempting small entities from coverage of the swing pricing rules or any part of the swing 

pricing rules, we believe additional such changes would be impracticable. Small entities are as 

vulnerable to the risk of dilution of the interests of fund shareholders as larger funds. We believe 

that the swing pricing rules are necessary to help mitigate these risks. Exempting small funds 

from coverage under the swing pricing rules or any part of the swing pricing rules could 

compromise the effectiveness of the swing pricing rules or any part of the swing pricing rules.

VI. STATUTORY AUTHORITY AND TEXT OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS

The Commission is adopting amendments to rule 22c-1 under the authority set forth in 

sections 22(c) and 38(a) of the Investment Company Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-22(c) and 80a-37(a)].

The Commission is adopting amendments to rule 31a-2 under the authority set forth in section

31(a) of the Investment Company Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-31(a)]. The Commission is adopting 

amendments to Form N-1A, Regulation S-X, and proposed Form N-CEN under the authority set 

forth in the Securities Act, particularly section 19 thereof [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.], the Trust 

Indenture Act, particularly, section 19 thereof [15 U.S.C. 77aaa et seq.], the Exchange Act, 
189

particularly sections 10, 13, 15, and 23, and 35A thereof [15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.], and the 

Investment Company Act, particularly, sections 8, 30, and 38 thereof [15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.].

TEXT OF RULES AND FORMS

List of Subjects

17 CFR Part 210

Accounting, Investment companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, 

Securities.

17 CFR Parts 270 and 274

Investment companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal 

Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 210 - FORM AND CONTENT OF AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL 

STATEMENTS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940, 

AND ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975

1. The authority citation for part 210 continues to read as follows:

Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 

77nn(25), 77nn(26), 78c, 78j-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78q, 78u-5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-8, 

80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-31, 80a-37(a), 80b-3, 80b-11, 7202 and 7262, unless otherwise 

noted.

2. Amend §210.6-02 by adding paragraph (e) to read as follows:

§210.6-02 Definition of certain terms. 

* * * * *

(e) Swing pricing. The term swing pricing shall have the meaning given in 

§270.22c-1(a)(3)(v)(C) of this chapter. 
190

3. Section 210.6-03 is further amended, as published elsewhere in this issue of the 

Federal Register, by adding paragraph (m) to read as follows:

§210.6-03 Special rules of general application to registered investment companies and 

business development companies.

* * * * *

(m) Swing Pricing. For a registered investment company that has adopted swing pricing 

policies and procedures, state in a note to the company’s financial statements: 

(1) The general methods used in determining whether the company’s net asset value per 

share will swing; 

(2) Whether the company’s net asset value per share has swung during the year; and 

(3) A general description of the effects of swing pricing.

PART 270 - RULES AND REGULATIONS, INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

4. The authority citation for part 270 continues to read, in part, as follows:

Authority: 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq., 80a-34(d), 80a-37, 80a-39, and Pub. L. 111-203, 

sec. 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise noted.

* * * * *

 5. Amend §270.22c-1 by adding paragraph (a)(3) to read as follows:

§ 270.22c-1 Pricing of redeemable securities for distribution, redemption and repurchase.

(a) * * *

(3) Notwithstanding this paragraph (a), a registered open-end management investment 

company (but not a registered open-end management investment company that is regulated as a 

money market fund under § 270.2a-7 or an exchange-traded fund as defined in paragraph 

(a)(3)(v)(A) of this section) (a “fund”) may use swing pricing to adjust its current net asset value 
191

per share to mitigate dilution of the value of its outstanding redeemable securities as a result of 

shareholder purchase or redemption activity, provided that it has established and implemented 

swing pricing policies and procedures in compliance with the paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (v) of 

this section.

(i) The fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures must: 

(A) Provide that the fund must adjust its net asset value per share by a single swing factor

or multiple factors that may vary based on the swing threshold(s) crossed once the level of net 

purchases into or net redemptions from such fund has exceeded the applicable swing threshold

for the fund. In determining whether the fund’s level of net purchases or net redemptions has 

exceeded the applicable swing threshold(s), the person(s) responsible for administering swing 

pricing shall be permitted to make such determination based on receipt of sufficient information 

about the fund investors’ daily purchase and redemption activity (“investor flow”) to allow the 

fund to reasonably estimate whether it has crossed the swing threshold(s) with high confidence, 

and shall exclude any purchases or redemptions that are made in kind and not in cash. This 

investor flow information may consist of individual, aggregated, or netted orders, and may 

include reasonable estimates where necessary.

(B) Specify the process for how the fund’s swing threshold(s) shall be determined, 

considering:

(1) The size, frequency, and volatility of historical net purchases or net redemptions of 

fund shares during normal and stressed periods; 

(2) The fund’s investment strategy and the liquidity of the fund’s portfolio investments;

(3) The fund’s holdings of cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing arrangements and 

other funding sources; and
192

(4) The costs associated with transactions in the markets in which the fund invests.

(C) Specify the process for how the swing factor(s) shall be determined, which must 

include: (1) the establishment of an upper limit on the swing factor(s) used, which may not 

exceed two percent of net asset value per share; and (2) the determination that the factor(s) used 

are reasonable in relationship to the costs discussed in this paragraph. In determining the swing 

factor(s) and the upper limit, the person(s) responsible for administering swing pricing may take 

into account only the near-term costs expected to be incurred by the fund as a result of net 

purchases or net redemptions that occur on the day the swing factor(s) is used, including spread 

costs, transaction fees and charges arising from asset purchases or asset sales resulting from 

those purchases or redemptions, and borrowing-related costs associated with satisfying 

redemptions. 

(ii) The fund’s board of directors, including a majority of directors who are not interested 

persons of the fund must:

(A) Approve the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures; 

(B) Approve the fund’s swing threshold(s) and the upper limit on the swing factor(s) 

used, and any changes to the swing threshold(s) or the upper limit on the swing factor(s) used;

(C) Designate the fund’s investment adviser, officer, or officers responsible for 

administering the swing pricing policies and procedures (“person(s) responsible for 

administering swing pricing”). The administration of swing pricing must be reasonably 

segregated from portfolio management of the fund and may not include portfolio managers; and

(D) Review, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the person(s) 

responsible for administering swing pricing that describes:

(1) its review of the adequacy of the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures and the 
193

effectiveness of their implementation, including the impact on mitigating dilution;

(2) any material changes to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures since the 

date of the last report; and 

(3) its review and assessment of the fund’s swing threshold(s), swing factor(s), and swing 

factor upper limit considering the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(B) and (C) of this section,

including the information and data supporting the determination of the swing threshold(s), swing 

factor(s), and swing factor upper limit.

(iii) The fund shall maintain the policies and procedures adopted by the fund under this 

paragraph (a)(3) that are in effect, or at any time within the past six years were in effect, in an 

easily accessible place, and shall maintain a written copy of the report provided to the board 

under paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(C) for six years, the first two in an easily accessible place. 

(iv) Any fund (a “feeder fund”) that invests, pursuant to section 12(d)(1)(E) of the Act 

(15 U.S.C. 80a-12(d)(1)(E)), in another fund (a “master fund”) may not use swing pricing to

adjust the feeder fund’s net asset value per share; however, a master fund may use swing pricing 

to adjust the master fund’s net asset value per share, pursuant to the requirements set forth in this 

paragraph (a)(3). 

(v) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(3):

(A) Exchange-traded fund means an open-end management investment company (or 

series or class thereof), the shares of which are listed and traded on a national securities 

exchange, and that has formed and operates under an exemptive order under the Act granted by 

the Commission or in reliance on an exemptive rule adopted by the Commission.

(B) Swing factor means the amount, expressed as a percentage of the fund’s net asset 

value and determined pursuant to the fund’s swing pricing policies and procedures, by which a 
194

fund adjusts its net asset value per share once a fund’s applicable swing threshold has been 

exceeded.

(C) Swing pricing means the process of adjusting a fund’s current net asset value per 

share to mitigate dilution of the value of its outstanding redeemable securities as a result of 

shareholder purchase and redemption activity, pursuant to the requirements set forth in this 

paragraph (a)(3).

(D) Swing threshold means an amount of net purchases or net redemptions, expressed as 

a percentage of the fund’s net asset value, that triggers the application of swing pricing. 

(E) Transaction fees and charges means brokerage commissions, custody fees, and any 

other charges, fees, and taxes associated with portfolio asset purchases and sales.

* * * * *

6. Section 270.31a-2 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(2) to read as follows:

§270.31a-2 Records to be preserved by registered investment companies, certain majorityowned subsidiaries thereof, and other persons having transactions with registered 

investment companies.

(a) * * *

(2) Preserve for a period not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any 

transactions occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, all books and records 

required to be made pursuant to paragraphs (5) through (12) of §270.31a-1(b) and all vouchers, 

memoranda, correspondence, checkbooks, bank statements, cancelled checks, cash 

reconciliations, cancelled stock certificates, and all schedules evidencing and supporting each 

computation of net asset value of the investment company shares, including schedules 

evidencing and supporting each computation of an adjustment to net asset value of the 

investment company shares based on swing pricing policies and procedures established and 
195

implemented pursuant to §270.22c-1(a)(3), and other documents required to be maintained by 

§270.31a-1(a) and not enumerated in §270.31a-1(b). 

PART 274 - FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

7. The general authority citation for part 274 continues to read, in part, as follows, 

and the sectional authorities for §§274.101 and 274.130 are removed:

Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 78c(b), 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 80a-8, 80a24, 80a-26, 80a-29, and Pub. L. 111-203, sec. 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise 

noted.

* * * * *

8. Amend Form N-1A (referenced in 274.11A) by:

a. In Item 4(b)(2)(ii) adding a sentence regarding the effects of swing pricing 

and in Item 4(b)(2)(iv) adding paragraph (E)

b. In Item 6 adding paragraph (d);

c. In Item 13, adding “Capital Adjustments Due to Swing Pricing” after 

“Total Distributions” to the list in paragraph (a);

d. In Item 13, adding “Net Asset Value, adjusted pursuant to swing pricing, 

End of Period” after “Net Asset Value, End of Period”.

e. In Item 13, Instruction 2., adding paragraphs (d) and (e).

The additions read as follows:

Note: The text of Form N-1A does not, and this amendment will not, appear in the Code 

of Federal Regulations.
196

Form N-1A

* * * * *

Item 4. Risk/Return Summary: Investments, Risks, and Performance

* * * * *

(b) * * *

(2) * * *

(ii) If swing pricing policies and procedures were applied during any of the periods, 

include a general description of the effects of swing pricing on the Fund’s annual total returns for 

the applicable period(s) presented in a footnote to the bar chart.

* * * * *

(b) * * *

(2) * * *

(iv) * * *

(E) If swing pricing policies and procedures were applied during any of the periods, 

include a general description of the effects of swing pricing on the Fund’s average annual total 

returns for the applicable period(s) presented.

Item 6. Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

(a) * * *

(d) If the Fund uses swing pricing, explain the Fund’s use of swing pricing; including 

what swing pricing is, the circumstances under which the Fund will use it, the effects of swing 

pricing on the Fund and investors, and provide the upper limit it has set on the swing factor. 

With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that is invested in one or more open-end 

management investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act, the 
197

Fund shall include a statement that the Fund’s net asset value is calculated based upon the net 

asset values of the registered open-end management investment companies in which the Fund 

invests, and, if applicable, state that the prospectuses for those companies explain the 

circumstances under which they will use swing pricing and the effects of using swing pricing.

* * * * *

Item 13. Financial Highlights Information 

* * * * *

Instructions * * *

2. Per Share Operating Performance. * * *

(a) * * *

(d) The amount shown at the Capital Adjustments Due to Swing Pricing caption should 

include the per share impact of any amounts retained by the Fund pursuant to its swing pricing 

policies and procedures, if applicable. 

(e) The amounts shown at the Net Asset Value, as adjusted pursuant to swing pricing, 

End of Period caption should be the Fund’s net asset value per share as adjusted pursuant to its 

swing pricing policies and procedures on the last day of the reporting period, if applicable.

* * * * *

9. Amend Form N-CEN (referenced in §274.101), as published elsewhere in this 

issue by:

a. In Part C, adding Item C.21.

The addition read as follows:

FORM N-CEN

ANNUAL REPORT FOR REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
198

* * * * *

Part C. Additional Questions for Management Investment Companies

* * *

Item C.21. Swing pricing. For open-end management investment companies, respond to the 

following:

d. Did the Fund (if not a Money Market Fund, Exchange-Traded Fund, or 

Exchange-Traded Managed Fund) engage in swing pricing? [Yes/No]

i. If so, what was the swing factor upper limit? 

* * * * *

By the Commission.

Dated: October 13, 2016

Brent J. Fields

Secretary